Cisco Systems Boat WS X6608 T1 User Manual

Cisco Catalyst 4900M Switch Installation  
Guide  
September 2010  
ls.c  
Amer  
isco Systems, Inc.  
170 West Tasman  
an Jose, 95134-1706  
US  
Tel: 408 526-4000  
800 553-NETS (6387)  
Fax: 408 527-0883  
o
icas Headqua  
m. All M  
rters  
C
D
rive  
S
CA  
A
T
e
x
t
P
a
r
t
N
u
m
b
e
r
:
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
C
O
N
T
E
N
T
S
Preface vi  
Audience vi  
Organization vi  
Related Documentation vi  
Hardware Doc en  
Softw re Documentation  
Cisco IOS Documentation  
Conventions  
Statement 1071—Warnin  
i
i
i
i
i
um  
t
s
viii  
a
i
x
i
x
x
g
Definition  
x
i
Obtaining Documentation and Submitting  
a
Service Reques  
t
xvi  
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
1
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
1
-
1
C
a
t
a
l
y
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
C
h
a
s
s
i
s
1
-
1
Catalyst  
Catalyst  
Catalyst  
4
900M Switc  
900M Switc  
900M Switc  
h
h
h
Chassis Features 1-2  
Chassis Physical an En  
Chassis Rear Panel Connections and  
4
d
v
ironmental Specifications 1-3  
atures 1-4  
4
Fe  
Front Panel LEDs 1-5  
Chassis Cooling 1-6  
Power Supplies 1-7  
Environmental Monitoring of the Power Supplies 1-8  
Power Management for the Catalys 4900M Switch 1-8  
Power Management Modes 1-8  
900M Half-Card Modules 1-8  
WS-X4920 GB-RJ4 Half-Card Ethernet Module 1-9  
WS-X4904 0GE Half-Card Etherne  
WS-X4908 0GE Half-Card Etherne  
WS-X4908 0G  
Seria Number Location 1-14  
t
Catalyst  
4
-
5
-
1
t
Module 1-10  
Module 1-11  
-
1
t
ls.co  
-
1
m
-RJ45 Half-Card Ethernet  
M
.
o
d
u
l
e
1
-
1
3
All M  
l
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
2
S
i
t
e
P
l
a
n
n
i
n
g
2
-
1
S
i
t
e
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
a
l
R
e
q
u
i
r
e
m
e
n
t
s
2
-
1
S
i
t
e
P
o
w
e
r
R
e
q
u
i
r
e
m
e
n
t
s
2
-
2
P
r
e
i
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
q
u
i
r
e
m
e
n
t
s
2
-
2
Warnings  
a
n
d
C
a
u
t
i
o
n
s
2
-
2
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
iii  
C
ontents  
E
M
I
R
e
c
o
m
m
e
n
d
a
t
i
o
n
s
2
-
3
Power Requirements and Heat Dissipation 2-3  
Gr  
Safety  
Ensuring Safety 2-7  
rking Safely with Electricity 2-8  
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage 2-9  
Site Planning Che klist 2-9  
o
u
n
d
i
n
g
R
e
q
u
i
r
e
m
e
n
t
s
2
-
7
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
2
-
7
W
o
c
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
3
Installing the Switch 3-1  
Checkin the Contents 3-1  
g
Rack-Mounting the Switch 3-2  
Rack-Mounting Guidelines 3-2  
L
iftin  
Required In  
Rack-Mounting the Catalys  
Connecting Power to the Catalys  
Connecting DC-Input ow to the Catalyst 4900M Switch 3-9  
Optical Connection 3-13  
g
the Chassis Safely 3-3  
tallation Tools 3-4  
4900M Switch 3-4  
4900M Switch 3-7  
s
t
t
P
e
r
s
Configurable Modules 3-13  
Required Tools 3-14  
Removing Switching Module  
Installing Switching Modules 3-16  
Removing and Repla ing the Po er Supply 3-18  
Required Tools 3-18  
Removing Power Supply 3-18  
Installing Po er Supply 3-19  
Removing and Repla ing the Fan Assembly 3-20  
s
3-14  
c
w
a
a
w
c
R
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
T
o
o
l
s
3
-
2
0
R
e
m
o
v
i
n
g
t
h
e
F
a
n
A
s
s
e
m
b
l
y
3
-
2
0
ls.c  
In  
o
stalling the Fan  
A
m. All M  
Troubleshooting the Installation 4-1  
Getting Starte 4-1  
Problem Solving to the Syst Component Level 4-2  
Identifying Startup blems 4-2  
ED Readi gs 4-2  
s
s
e
m
b
l
y
3
-
2
1
V
e
r
i
f
y
i
n
g
t
h
e
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
3
-
2
1
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
4
d
em  
P
r
o
L
n
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
iv  
7
8
-18350-02  
Conten ts  
Troubleshooting the Pow  
e
r
Supply 4-4  
4-4  
Contacting Customer Servic  
e
A
P
P
E
N
D
I
X
A
B
Specifications  
A
-1  
Console Port  
A
-1  
10/100/1000BASE-T Managem  
e
n
t
P
o
r
t
A-2  
Catalyst 4900M Switc Power Supply Specifications  
h
A-2  
A
P
P
E
N
D
I
X
Compliance Information and Translated Safety Warnings  
Tran lated Safety Warnings -1  
Statement 258—F Tray Removal Warning  
Statement 1003—DC Power Disconnection  
Statement 1004—In talla ion In tructions  
Statement 1006—Cha sis Warnin for Rack-Mounting and Servicing  
Statement 1008—Class er Product -11  
Statement 1011—Staring into Laser Beam -13  
Statement 1017—Restricted Area 14  
Statement 1019—Main Disconnecting Device  
Statement 1024—Ground Conductor -17  
Statement 1028—More Than One Power Supply  
Statement 1029—Blank Faceplates an Cover Panels  
Statement 1030—Equipment Installation -25  
Statement 1040—Product Disposal -27  
Statement 1045—Short-circuit Protection  
Statement 1051—Las Radiation -30  
Statement 1072—Sho zard from Interconnections  
Statement 1074—Comply with Local and National Electrical Codes  
Statement 1075—Hazardou Voltage or Energy Present on DC Power Te  
European Directives -38  
Statement 287—Declaration  
Community, Switzerland, Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein  
B
-
1
s
B
a
n
B
-2  
-3  
-4  
B
s
t
s
B
s
g
B-6  
1
L
a
s
B
B
B
-
B-16  
B
B-20  
d
B-22  
B
B
B
-28  
e
r
B
c
k
H
a
B-32  
B
-35  
s
r
minals  
B-36  
B
o
f
Conformity to R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC for the European  
-38  
B
ls.com. All M  
Statement 2002—Declaration of Conformity with Regard to th Directives 2006/95/EC and  
e
2
0
0
4
/
1
0
8
/
E
C
B
-
3
9
Statement 6005—California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act (Title 22, California Code of  
Regulation Chapter 33) -39  
s
,
B
Statement 6003—Taiwan Battery  
Statement 6004—EU Battery Dis  
Statement 6005—California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act (Title 22, California Code of  
Regulation Chapter 33) -40  
B-40  
pos  
a
l
and Recycling  
B-40  
s
,
B
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
v
C
ontents  
Statement 8000—Standards Compliance  
Statement 2007—EMC Environ enta Conditions for Products Inst  
EMC Class Notices and Warnings -42  
for Taiwan and Other  
B-40  
m
l
a
lled in the European Unio  
n
B-42  
A
B
Statement 257—Class  
Statement 340—Class  
A
A
Notic  
e
T
raditional Chines  
e
M
a
r
k
e
t
s
B
-
4
2
Warning for CISPR22  
B
-
4
3
Statement 2017—Class  
Statement 2021—Class  
A
A
Notice for FCC  
Notice for Canada  
Warning for Japan  
B-44  
B
-44  
Statement 191—VCCI Class  
A
B
-45  
Statement 256—Class  
Statement 294—Class  
A
A
Warning for Hungary  
Warning for Korea  
B
-45  
B
-46  
-46  
Statement 7016—GR-1089-Core Intrabuilding Lightning—Immunity Requirements  
GR-1089-CORE Issue umentation Statements -46  
Statement 7001—ESD Mitigation -46  
Statement 7005—Intra-building ightning Surge and AC Power Fault  
Statement 7012—Equipment Interfacing  
Statement 7013—Equipment Bonding Networks  
Statement 7014—Installatio Locatio -47  
Statement 7015—Equipment Bonding and Grounding  
Statement 7016—Battery Return Conductor -47  
Statement 7017—Minimum Steady State DC Input Voltage  
GR-1089-CORE Issue  
3
D
o
c
umentation Statements  
B
B-46  
4
D
oc  
B
B
L
B-46  
w
i
t
h
A
C
P
o
w
er Ports  
B
-47  
B-47  
n
n
B
B
-47  
B
B
-47  
Statement 8003—Telecom Approvals Listing  
Statement 3023—FCC Part 68 Notice  
B
-47  
B
-47  
Statement 3015—CS-03 Certification for Canada  
Statement 8001—JATE Certification for Japan  
B
-49  
B
-49  
Japanese Ele  
Statement 371—Power Cable and  
Statement 372—Wir less LAN Products  
Statement 384—Japanese Safety Reference Informatio  
c
tric Applian  
c
e
and Radio Law  
s
B
-50  
apter  
-50  
A
C
A
d
B-50  
e
B
n
B-50  
I
N
D
E
X
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
vi  
7
8
-18350-02  
Preface  
T
h
i
s
p
r
e
f
ac  
e
describe  
s
the audienc  
e
,
organiz  
a
tion,  
a
nd conventions of the Cisc  
o
Ca  
talyst 4900  
M
Switch  
Installation Guide  
a
nd provide  
s
informatio  
n
o
n
how to obtain relate  
d
documenta  
tion.  
Audience  
Only trained  
install, epla  
a
nd qualifie  
d
servic  
e
personne  
l
(
a
s
d
ef  
i
n
e
d
i
n
I
EC6095  
0
a
nd  
A
Z/NZS 60950) should  
r
c
e
,
o
r
s
e
r
v
i
c
e
t
h
e
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
.
Organization  
This guid  
apter  
e
is organized  
itle  
oduc  
a
s
follows:  
Ch  
T
Description  
Describe the ha  
Catalyst 4900  
Chapter  
1
Pr  
t
Overview  
s
r
dware feature  
s
a
nd  
f
unctionality of the  
M
switch  
.
Chapter  
2
Site  
Plannin  
g
Describe  
switch.  
s
h
o
w
t
o
p
repare  
y
o
u
r
s
i
t
e
f
or the installation of th  
e
Chapter  
Chapter  
3
Installing the  
Troubleshooting the Provide  
Installation installation  
problems  
Lists the Cata  
Repe ts in multiple language  
S
w
itch Details how to install the Catalyst  
4
900M switch.  
or the initial hardware  
solve  
4
s
t
r
o
u
b
l
e
s
h
o
o
t
i
n
g
g
u
i
d
e
l
i
n
es  
f
a
nd suggests steps to help isolate and  
re  
.
Appendix  
Appendix  
A
B
Sp  
ecifications  
Translated Safety  
nings  
l
y
st  
4
900M switc  
h
syste  
m
specifications.  
a
s
th  
e
warnings in this guide.  
War  
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
vii  
         
P
r
e
face  
R
elated Documentation  
Related Documentation  
A
lthoug  
900, an  
yste  
h
d
their Release Note  
Catalyst 4900M) us  
essag Guide. Refer to th  
s
ar  
the sameSo  
ollowing home pages  
e
un  
i
q
ue  
,
the  
ftwa  
4
r
p
e
latforms  
Configuratio  
or  
(
Catalyst 4500  
Guide  
dditional information:  
,
Catalyst 4900, Catalys  
t
ME  
,
4
S
e
n
a
,
Command Refe  
r
e
nc  
e
G
u
i
d
e
a
n
d
m
M
e
e
f
f
Catalyst  
4
500 Series Switc  
h
h
Documentation Home  
Catalyst  
4
900 Series Switc  
Documentation Home  
Cisc ME 4900 Serie  
o
s
Ethernet Switches  
D
ocumentation  
Home  
Hardware Documents  
I
f
nstallatio  
ollowin  
n
U
guide  
RLs:  
s
a
nd  
n
otes including specifications  
a
nd  
r
elevant safety information  
a
re  
a
vailable at th  
e
g
Catalyst 450  
0
S
erie  
s
Switche  
s
Installation  
Guide  
h
Catalyst 450 -serie  
0
E
s
Switche  
s
Installation Guid  
e
h
n
/
g
For informatio  
n
I
a
bout indi  
v
G
idua  
uide  
l
switching module  
t:  
s
an  
d
s
upervisors, refer  
to the Catalyst 4500  
S
erie  
s
Module  
nstallation  
a
h
ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/switches/lan/catalyst4500/hardware/module/guide/mod_inst.ht  
ml  
R
egulatory Complianc  
ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/swit  
3233.html  
e
and  
S
afety Information fo  
r
the Catalyst  
4
500 Series Switches  
h
1
c
hes/lan/catalyst4500/hardware/regulatory/compliance/78_  
I
nstallatio  
n
n
otes  
900 nd 4900M ha dware installation information is available t:  
ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6021/prod_installation_guides_list.html  
Cisc ME 4900 Serie Ethernet Switches installation informatio is available at:  
f
o
r
s
p
e
c
ific supervisor engine  
s
o
r
f
o
r
a
c
c
essory hardware  
a
r
e
available  
at:  
h
Catalyst  
4
a
r
a
h
o
s
n
h
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
v
ii  
i
7
8
-18350-02  
     
Preface  
Related  
D
o
cumentation  
Software Documentation  
Softwar eleas notes,  
e
r
e
c
onfiguration  
g
uides,  
c
omman  
d
references  
,
a
n
d
s
y
s
t
e
m
message  
g
uide  
s
are  
available at the following URLs:  
Catalyst 4500 ele se notes  
http://www.cisco.com/en/U  
Catalyst 4900 ele se notes  
Cisco ME4900 490  
Softwar documents fo the Catalyst  
Cisco ME 900 Series Etherne Switche  
Catalyst 500 Series Softw Configuration  
r
a
a
re  
/products/hw/switches/ps4324/prod_rele  
re vailable at:  
Ethe net Switc release note available t:  
500 Classic talyst 4500 E-Series Catalyst 4900, nd  
ar vailable RLs:  
available at:  
S
ase_notes_list.html  
r
a
a
a
0
Se  
r
i
e
s
r
h
s
a
r
e
a
e
r
4
,
Ca  
,
a
4
t
s
e
a
a
t
the  
f
ollowing  
U
4
a
r
e
G
uide  
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/ps4324/products_installation_and_configurati  
on_guides_list.html  
Catalyst  
http://www.cisco.com/en/U  
Catalyst 500 Series Softw  
4
500 Series Softw  
a
r
e
Command Referenc  
/products/hw/switches/ps4324/prod_command_ref  
System essage uide  
S/products/hw/switches/ps4324/products_system_message_guides_list  
e
S
e
rence_list.html  
4
a
r
e
M
G
http://www.cisco.com/en/U  
.html  
Cisco IOS Documentation  
Pl tform-independent Cisc  
a
o
IO  
S
documentatio  
n
ma  
y
als  
o
apply to th  
e
Catalyst 450  
0
an  
d
4900 switches.  
These ocuments re available at the following URLs:  
d
a
Cisco OS configur io guides, Release 2.x  
I
a
t
n
1
t.html  
Cisco  
ou an lso use the Command Lookup  
http://tools.cisco.com/Support/CLILookup/cltSearchAction.do  
Cisco OS syste messages, version 2.x  
I
OS command  
r
efer  
e
nces,  
ol t:  
Release 12.x  
Y
c
a
T
o
a
I
m
1
ou an lso use the Erro Messag  
information bout MIBs, refe to:  
Y
c
a
r
e
D
e
c
o
d
e
r
t
o
o
l
a
t
:
Fo  
r
a
r
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
ix  
   
P
r
e
face  
R
elated Documentation  
Conventions  
T
his documen  
t
u
ses the following co  
Conven ion  
boldfac ont  
italic ont  
n
ventions:  
Description  
Commands an  
Arguments for whic  
Elements in squar  
Alternative eywords  
t
e
f
d
keyword  
you supply value  
rackets ar ptional.  
re groupe  
ba s.  
s
a
r
e
i
n
b
o
ldface.  
f
h
s
ar  
e
s
in italics.  
[
]
e
b
e
o
{
x
|
y
|
z
z
}
k
a
d
in  
b
race  
and  
separated by vertic  
Optiona lternative keywords ar  
nd separate by vertical bars.  
non-quoted se of haracte s. Do  
the string, bec use the  
uotation marks.  
a
l
r
[
x
|
y
|
]
l
a
e
grouped in brackets  
a
d
string  
A
t
c
r
n
ot  
u
se quotation  
marks aroun  
the  
d
a
s
tring will include  
q
screen  
f
ont  
Termina  
displays  
l
a
sessions  
re in screenfont.  
a
nd information tha  
t
the syste  
is shown in boldface  
you supply value ar in italic  
m
boldface screen  
Informati  
screenfont.  
o
n
that you must enter  
font  
italic screen font  
Arguments for whic  
h
s
e
screen font.  
Ctrl-  
Ctrl- represents the ke  
the ey ombination Ctrl-  
Control key while you pr  
Characte  
show  
y
labele  
D
d
Control—fo  
means to ho  
ke  
passwords, are  
r
example,  
k
c
l
d
d
o
w
n
t
h
e
e
ss  
t
h
e
D
y
.
<
>
r
s
that do not print, such  
a
s
n
w
i
t
h
i
n
a
n
g
l
e
b
r
a
c
k
e
t
s
.
N
ote  
s
u
s
e
t
h
e
f
ollowing conventions  
:
No  
t
e
Me  
a
ns  
r
e
ade  
r
tak  
e
note  
.
N
ote  
s
c
ontain helpfu  
l
suggestions or  
r
ef  
e
rences to mate  
r
i
a
l
n
o
t
c
over  
e
d
i
n
t
h
e
p
ublication  
.
Cautions use the  
f
ollowin  
g
conventions:  
Ca  
u
t
i
o
n
Mean  
s
reade  
r
be  
c
areful. In this situation, you might do so  
me  
thing that could result in equipment  
d
amage  
o
r
loss of data.  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
x
7
8
-18350-02  
   
Preface  
Related  
D
o
cumentation  
Warnings use the following conventions:  
Statement 1071—Warning Definition  
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
IMPO  
R
TANT SAFET INSTRUCTIONS  
Y
This warnin  
g
symbol  
m
eans danger.  
Y
f
ou  
the hazards in  
enting accidents  
lation in he trans  
a
r
e
i
n
a
situation that odily injury. Before you  
lv with electrical circuitry nd be familiar  
the statemen nu be prov ded at the end of  
ated safety warnings that acco panied this  
c
ould cause  
b
w
o
r
k
o
n
a
n
y
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
,
b
e
a
ware  
o
v
o
e
e
d
a
with  
standard practices for  
p
re  
v
.
U
s
t
m
r
i
each warnin  
g
to locate its tran  
s
t
l
m
device  
.
S
A
V
E
T
H
E
S
E
I
N
S
T
RUCTIONS  
Wa  
a
r
sch  
uwi  
n
g
BELANGRIJKE VEILIGHEIDSINS  
T
RUCTIES  
ge  
Dit waarschuwingssymbool beteken  
roorzaken oorda aa nige apparatuu  
elektrische schakelingen betrokken risico's en dient  
praktijken om ongelukken te orkom n. Gebruik het nummer van de verklaring onderaan de  
een vertaling van de waarschuwing die bij het apparaat ord geleverd, wilt  
t
va  
ar.  
r
U
v
e
rkeert in ee  
gaat werken dien  
op de hoogte te zijn van de  
n
situatie die licha  
zich bewust te zijn van de bij  
tandaard  
melijk letsel kan  
ve  
.
V
t
u
n
e
,
t
u
u
s
vo  
e
waarschuwin  
raadplegen.  
g
a
ls  
u
w
t
BEWAAR DEZE INSTRUCTIES  
TÄRKEIT  
Varoi  
t
us  
Ä
T
URV  
A
L
LISUUSOHJEITA  
Tämä varoitu  
s
merkki  
m
h
e
r
k
i
t
s
e
e
v
a
a
r
a
a
.
T
ilanne voi aiheuttaa ruumiillis  
uomioi sähköpiirie äsittelemiseen liittyvät riskit ja tutustu  
rvallisuu varoitu te äännökset löytyv  
varoitusten joukosta varoitusten lopu  
i
a
vamm  
o
ja. Ennen kuin  
käsittele laitteistoa,  
t
n
k
Tu  
onnettomuuksien yleisiin ehkäisytapoihin.  
s
s
n
k
ä
t
laitteen  
mukana toimitettujen käännettyjen turvallisuu  
s
s
s
a
n
ä
k
yvien  
l
a
u
s
u
n
t
o
n
u
m
e
r
o
i
d
e
n
avu  
l
l
a
.
SÄILYTÄ NÄMÄ OHJEET  
IMPO TANTES INFORMA  
Ce symbole d'averti  
At  
t
en  
t
i
o
n
R
T
IONS  
D
E
S
É
C
U
RITÉ  
s
sement indique un danger.  
V
o
us vous trouvez tuation pouvant  
ou des dommages corporels nt travailler sur un équipement  
iés au ircuits électrique  
les accidents.  
onsignes de sécurité traduites qu  
d
ans  
u
ne  
s
i
entraîne des blessure  
conscient des angers  
couramm nt tilisées  
avertissements figurant dan  
r
s
.
A
va  
d
e
,
soyez  
d
l
x
c
r
s
et familiarisez-vous avec les procédures  
ur prendre connai sanc es traduction des  
accompagnent cet appareil,  
e
u
p
our évite  
P
o
s
e
d
s
s
les  
c
i
ls.com. All M  
référez-vou  
s
a
u
n
u
m
é
r
o
d
e
l
'
i
nstruction situé  
à
l
a
fin de chaqu  
e
avertissement.  
CONSERVEZ  
CES  
INFORMATIONS  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
xi  
 
P
r
e
face  
R
elated Documentation  
Warn  
u
ng  
WICHTIGE SICHERHEITSHI  
N
W
EISE  
efahr. Sie befinden sich in einer Situation, di  
D
ieses Warn ym ol bedeute  
s
b
t
G
e
s
m
zu erletzungen führen  
cher Schaltungen und  
it der am End jeder  
en übersetzte  
V
k
d
ann. Machen Sie sich vor  
en üblichen rfahre zu  
d
V
er Arbeit mit Geräten it den Gefahren elektri  
rbeugung Unfällen rtraut. chen Sie  
ummer nach der jeweilige bersetzun  
men it diesem erä usgeliefert wurden.  
m
Ve  
n
r
o
vo  
r
v
e
S
u
n
e
Warnung angegebenen Anweisung  
Sicherheitshinweisen, die zu  
sn  
Ü
g
i
n
d
n
s
a
m
m
G
t
a
B
E
W
A
H
R
E
N
S
I
E
D
I
E
S
E
H
I
NW  
EISE GUT AUF.  
A
vvert  
e
n
za  
IMPORTANTI ISTRUZIONI SULLA SICUREZZA  
Q
uesto imbol avvertenza indica un pericolo. La situazion  
s
o
d
i
e
p
otrebbe causare infortuni alle  
re al orrente ei pericoli  
nzion incidenti.  
per ndividuare le  
p
ersone. Prima intervenire qualsia apparecchiatura, occorre ess  
relativ ai circuiti elettrici conos ere le procedure andard pe la re  
tilizzare il ro di istruzione present lla fine di iascun vertenz  
traduzioni delle vertenze riportate uesto docu ento.  
d
i
su  
s
i
e
v
c
d
i
e
c
st  
r
v
p
e
a
e
i
d
i
U
n
ume  
e
a
c
a
a
a
v
i
n
q
m
CONSERVARE QUESTE ISTRUZIONI  
Ad  
var  
sel  
VIKTIG  
E
SIKKERHETSINSTRUKSJONE  
R
D
ette advarselssymbolet bet  
y
r
f
a
r
e
.
D
u
e
r
i
å
en  
du være  
s
ituasjon  
ppmerk  
forhindre ulykke  
dvarslene  
s
o
m
kan føre til skade på person. Før du  
på farene forbundet  
Bruk nummeret  
som fulgte med denne  
b
e
a
e
egynne rbeide oe av ut  
lektriske kretser, og kjenn til standardprosedyrer for  
hver advarsel for finn overs ttelsen overs tte sikkerhets  
nheten.  
r
å
a
me  
d
n
styret,  
m
o
so  
m
med  
i
e
å
r
.
slutten  
v
å
e
e
i
d
e
a
a
TA  
INSTRU  
te sím  
V
A
R
E
PÅ DISSE INSTRUKSJONE  
N
E
Av  
iso  
Ç
Õ
ES IMPORTANTE  
S
DE SEGURANÇA  
E
s
b
olo de avis significa perigo. Você está em uma  
o
s
ituaçã  
quipam  
iliarize-se co  
trução fornecid inal de cada  
ue acompanham te dispos  
o
q
e
ue poderá ser causadora de  
nto, tenha conhecimento do  
as práticas habituais de  
iso para  
itivo.  
le  
p
p
s
õ
es corporais  
erigos envolvido  
revenção de acidente  
traduçã  
.
A
ntes de inicia tilização de qualquer  
nuseio  
tilize  
r
a
u
e
s
s
n
o
m
s.  
a
U
d
e
circuito  
s
e
in  
létricos  
s
e
fa  
m
m
o
número  
d
a
o
a
o
f
av  
localiza  
UARD  
r
s
u
a
o
n
os avisos de segurança traduzidos  
q
e
s
G
E
E
S
TAS INSTRUÇÕE  
S
¡A  
dv  
ert  
en  
c
i
a
!
INSTRU  
C
CIONES IMPORT  
A
NTES DE SEGURIDAD  
E
c
p
n
s
t
e
s
í
m
b
olo de avis  
c
s
o
indica peligro  
.
Existe rie manipular  
de la corriente eléctric  
inal de cada  
apartado de traducciones qu  
s
g
o
p
ara su integridad fís  
fam liarícese con los  
dvertencia encontrará el  
acom aña  
i
ca. Antes  
d
e
ualquier equipo, onsidere los riesgo  
rocedimiento estándar de prevención de accidentes. Al  
úm ro ue le ayudará encontra texto traducid en  
este dispositivo.  
s
a
y
i
f
a
e
q
a
r
e
l
o
e
l
e
p
ls.com. All M  
a
G
U
A
R
D
E
ES  
T
A
S
I
N
S
T
R
U
C
C
I
O
N
E
S
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
xii  
7
8
-18350-02  
Preface  
Related  
D
o
cumentation  
Varni  
n
g
!
VIK  
T
IGA SÄKERHETSANVISNINGAR  
arningssignal ignalerar fara  
Denna  
v
s
.
Du befinner dig  
måste du  
i
e
n
situation  
ra medveten om farorna med elkretsar  
et nummer som finns lutet av  
medföljer denna  
s
o
m
kan leda till personskada.  
Inna  
känn  
rje varning för att hitta dess övers  
anordning.  
n
a
d
u
u
tför arbet ågon utrustnin  
till vanliga förfarande fö att förebygga olyckor. Använ  
ttning översatta kerhetsvarningar  
e
p
å
n
g
va  
o
ch  
n
r
d
d
i
s
va  
ä
i
d
e
s
ä
som  
SPARA DESSA ANVISNINGAR  
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
xiii  
P
r
e
face  
R
elated Documentation  
Av  
iso  
INSTRU  
Ç
Õ
ES IMPORTANTE  
S
DE SEGURANÇA  
perigo cê se encontra  
E
c
c
n
s
te  
s
ímbolo de aviso signific  
a
.
Vo  
e
m
uma situação em que  
h
á
ri  
e
s
co de lesõe  
s
orporais. ntes de trabalhar com qualquer  
ircuitos létricos familiarize-se com as práticas  
úm ro da declaração fornecido ao fina ada aviso  
ue acompanham dispo itivo.  
A
e
quipamento, esteja  
c
iente dos riscos qu  
e
n
vo  
l
v
em  
o
s
e
e
p
adrão de prevenção de acidentes. Use  
o
e
l
d
e
c
p
ara localiza  
r
su  
a
traduçã  
o
nos avisos de  
segurança traduzidos  
q
o
s
G
U
A
R
D
E
E
S
T
A
S
I
N
S
T
R
U
Ç
Õ
E
S
Ad  
var  
sel  
VIGTIGE SIKKERHEDSANVISNINGER  
D
ette advarselssymbol betyder fare  
.
Du befinder  
arbejde  
løb, og du skal  
fter hver dvarsel for  
d
ig  
u
i
en situation  
l
m
e
d
r
i
s
i
m
ko for  
ærksom på de  
legemesbeskadigelse. Før egynde  
er ved elektriske kred  
ker. Brug erklæringsnu mere  
arsler, de fulgte med denne enhed.  
d
u
b
r
p
å
dstyr, ska du være op  
in  
vo  
lve  
red  
e
a
risici, de  
ul  
r
s
sætte di  
g
in  
a
d
i
standardprocedure  
r
i
til  
de  
u
o
ndgåelse  
v
f
y
k
m
t
e
a
t
finde oversættels  
e
n
e
rsatte ad  
v
r
G
EM DISSE ANVISNINGER  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
xiv  
7
8
-18350-02  
Preface  
Related  
D
o
cumentation  
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
xv  
P
r
e
face  
R
elated Documentation  
Obtaining Documentation and Submitting  
a
Service Request  
nd gathering additional  
hic lso lists all new  
F
o
r
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
o
n
o
b
t
a
i
n
i
n
g
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n
,
s
u
b
m
i
t
t
i
n
g
a
s
e
r
v
i
c
e
r
e
quest,  
,
a
w
information, see th nthly What’ Ne in Cisc Produc ocumentation  
e
mo  
s
w
o
t
D
h
a
and  
r
evised Cisco  
technical documentation, at:  
h
be to the What’s in Cisc duc ocumentation as  
content to be delivere directly to your desktop using reade  
nd Cis urrentl supports RSS ersion 2.0.  
Subscr  
nd se  
service  
i
t
N
e
w
o
P
r
o
t
D
a
R
e
ally Simple  
S
yndication (RSS  
)
a
feed  
fre  
a
d
a
r
application. The RS  
S
f
eeds ar  
e
e
a
c
o
c
y
V
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
x
v
i
7
8
-18350-02  
 
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
1
Product Overview  
Revi ry 4, 2012  
s
ed  
:
Janua  
This  
c
hapter desc  
r
ibes the Catalyst 4900  
M
switch  
a
nd the supporte  
d
half-c  
a
rd Etherne  
t
modules  
.
The  
chapte  
r
c
ontains these sections:  
Catalyst 4900  
Catalyst 4900  
M
M
Switch Chassis,  
p
a
g
e
1
-
1
H
alf-Card Modules, page 1-8  
Serial Number Location, page 1-14  
Catalyst 4900M Switch Chassis  
The talyst 4900M switch is RU horizontal high-performance dedicated  
Ca  
a
2
E
therne  
module slots tha  
he switch ha one  
show th front of th  
t
s
witch. Th  
e
chassis ha ixed 1-GB or 10-G  
several different style half-ca  
fa tra an upports redundant power supplies. Figur  
s
8
f
B
ports  
a
n
d
t
w
o
half-  
c
ar  
T
d
Etherne  
t
t
c
a
n
a
c
c
ommodate  
a
s
o
f
r
d
E
therne  
t
modules.  
s
r
e
movable variable-speed  
hassis.  
n
y
d
s
e
1-  
1
s
e
e
c
ls.com. All M  
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
1-1  
     
C
hapter  
1
P
roduct Overview  
Catal  
y
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Chassis  
Fi  
gu  
re  
1-1  
Catalys  
t
4900M Swit  
ch  
Chassis  
Catalyst 4900M Switch Chassis Features  
Table 1- lists th fe ture of the Catalyst 4900  
1
e
a
s
M
s
witc  
h
chassis.  
T
ab  
l
e
1-1  
Catalyst  
4900M Swi  
t
c
h
Features  
Featur  
Chassis  
Uplin  
e
Description  
8-port fixe  
10-Gigabit ports tha  
co ve ter, the 8-ports also suppor  
half-c  
to your  
d
c
onfiguration plus  
support X2 transceivers. By usin  
SFP+ transceivers.  
available llowing you to configur  
2
half-ca  
r
d
module  
s
l
o
ts  
k
p
orts  
8
t
g
th  
e
Cisco  
the  
seria  
O
ne  
X
n
r
t
Slo  
ts  
2
a
s
rd module slots ar  
pecific needs.  
e
a
e
chassis  
Memory  
512-MB  
EEROM  
SD  
RAM,  
1
28-MB Flash (onboard  
a
nd fixed), 256 byte  
s
l
ls.com. All M  
Console por  
t
A
c
onsole  
s
e
r
i
a
l
p
o
r
t
(RJ-45) provide  
s
fo  
r
switc  
h
management using  
essory it ca be ordered  
standar  
d
c
onsole equipment. (Se  
e
Figure  
1-2.)  
No  
t
e
A
console ble is not provide  
an op ion.  
The managemen ort on the rear panel off  
management services available via inband ac  
address configuration via BOOTP is suppor  
also supports mage download to the witch.  
c
a
d
in the ac  
c
k
.
I
t
n
a
s
t
Ethernet management por  
t
t
p
e
rs the same  
ess telne  
on the Management port; it  
T
CP/I  
P
b
ased  
c
(
t
SNMP etc.)  
.
IP  
ted  
i
s
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
1-2  
7
8
-18350-02  
       
Chapter  
1
Product Overview  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Switch Chassis  
T
a
b
le  
1-1  
Catalys  
t
4900M Swit  
ch  
Featu  
r
e
s
(
c
o
nt  
in  
ued  
)
F
eature  
Descr  
Th Rese  
pointed objec  
iable speed.  
1000 AC-input and  
i
ption  
button is use  
to  
Reset switch  
e
t
d
to  
r
e
star  
t
the switch. Use  
.
a
p
aper clip  
o
r
other small,  
t
p
ress the Reset button  
ield epla eable  
000 inpu power supplies are supported.  
F
a
n
t
r
a
y
V
a
r
-
F
r
c
.
Powe  
r
supplies  
W
1
W
D
C-  
t
Not  
e
A
c
onsole  
c
a
ble is not provide  
d
a
s
p
a
r
t
o
f
t
h
e
a
cc  
e
ssor  
y
kit.  
I
t
is available  
a
s
an option.  
Catalyst 4900M Switch Chassis Physical and Environmental Specifications  
T
a
ble  
4900M Swi  
Specification  
1
-2 lists the Catalyst  
4
900M switc  
h
c
hassis  
e
nvironmental  
a
nd physic  
a
l
specifications.  
T
a
b
le  
1-2  
Catalys  
t
t
ch  
S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Item  
Environmenta  
l
Temperature  
,
,
operating  
Certifie  
esigned  
No The  
sensors tha  
and 64°C  
do at 67°C (152.6°F  
–40° to 75°C)  
d
f
or operation: 32  
nd tested or ope  
talyst 4900M  
re trigge  
147.2°F) generating  
°
to  
1
0
4
°
F
(
0
°
to40°C)  
2° to 131°F (0° to 55°C  
is equippe with inte nal  
49°C 120.2°F) generating  
major alarm. The system  
D
a
f
r
ation  
witc  
ed  
:
3
)
t
e
C
a
s
h
d
r
a
ir temperatur  
minor alarm  
will shut  
e
t
a
r
a
t
(
a
a
t
(
a
w
n
)
.
Temperature  
nonoperating  
–40  
10  
°
to 167°F  
(
a
nd storag  
e
H
umidity (RH), ambient  
%
t
o
9
0
%
(
noncondensing) ope  
r
ating  
A
ltit  
u
de  
,
operating  
Certifie  
d
f
or operation: –197 to 6562  
worst se)  
f
t
(–60 to 2000 m)  
H
ea  
Physic  
imensions (H  
t
Dissipation  
Chara teristic  
1364 BTU/hour  
(
ca  
a
l
c
s
D
x
W
x
D
)
3.5  
Chassis requires  
Th Catalyst 4900M switc chassis is designed to install in standard  
x
17.2  
x
1
7
.
9
i
n
.
(
8.9  
x
4
3.7  
x
4
5
.
5
c
m
)
.
2
RU1  
.
e
h
ls.com. All M  
19-inc  
h
equipment  
r
a
c
k
s
t
h
a
t
mee  
t
AN  
SI  
/EI  
A
310-D, IEC 60297, and  
ET  
S
300-119 standards.  
Weight  
irflow  
3
4
.
0
l
b
(
1
5
.
4
k
g
)
(
m
a
x
)
A
1.  
151.7 CFM  
(
max)  
R
U
=
rac  
k
u
n
i
t
s
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
1-3  
                           
C
hapter  
1
P
roduct Overview  
Catal  
y
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Chassis  
Catalyst 4900M Switch Chassis Rear Panel Connections and Features  
Figur -2 show th hassis ea ane with the major f atur identified  
e
1
s
e
c
r
r
p
l
e
e
s
.
Fi  
gu  
re  
1-2  
V
iew  
of  
th  
e
Rear Panel  
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
6
1
2
I
nput  
O
K
LED  
(
powe  
r
5
6
Console port  
supply)  
O
utput OK LED  
supply)  
Fa Status LED  
(
powe  
r
Management port  
3
4
n
7
8
USB  
connector  
Reset butto  
n
Compact Flash slo  
t
T
he  
c
hassis rear panel  
f
eature  
button—The Rese  
to press the Rese  
Console port—A  
onsole quipment.  
“Specifications,” for  
Managemen port—The Management por  
management service available via inband  
BOOTP is supported on the Management port; it als  
SB onne tor—A USB onnector is provide for future  
lash slot—The Compa Flash slot ac epts both  
ds. You ca use it or file transfer tasks suc loadin  
nd ca be btaine rom third-party suppliers.  
s
include:  
Rese  
o
t
t
t
button is use  
button.  
d
to  
r
estar  
t
the switch. Use  
a
paper  
c
lip or othe  
r
small, pointed  
tandar  
bjec  
t
c
onsole seria  
See ig ure 1-2.)  
onsole and management ports.  
l
por  
t
(
RJ-45  
A
)
provide  
s
f
or switch management usin  
g
s
d
c
e
(
F
c
connector  
p
inout table is provide  
d
i
n
A
ppendix  
A,  
t
h
e
t
t
on the ea pane  
cess (telne SNMP  
supports image download to the switch.  
r
r
l
offer  
s
e
the same TCP/I  
P
based  
s
a
c
t
t
c
.
)
.
I
P
a
d
d
r
e
s
s
c
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
v
i
a
o
U
c
c
c
d
e
xpansion  
4-MB  
.
Compac  
Flash ca  
t
r
F
c
t
c
6
a
nd 128-MB  
T
ype  
1
compact  
The Fl  
n
f
o
h
a
s
g
a
new  
s
oftwar  
e
image  
.
ash  
c
a
rd is optional  
a
n
d
f
ls.com. All M  
For more information,  
r
g
ef  
URL:  
e
r
to Using the Compact Flash  
o
n
th  
8.html  
e
Catalyst 4500 Serie  
s
S
uperviso  
r
E
ngine  
s
a
t
t
h
e
f
ollow  
i
n
h
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
1-4  
7
8
-18350-02  
     
Chapter  
1
Product Overview  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Switch Chassis  
Front Panel LEDs  
A
set of LED  
S
on the chassis front panel (se  
e
Figur  
e
1-3) provide visua  
l
status for the  
s
witch.  
T
a
b
l
e
1
-
3
l
i
s
t
s
t
h
e
f
ron  
t
p
a
n
e
l
L
E
D
S
a
n
d
t
h
e
i
r
m
e
a
n
i
n
g
s
.
Fig  
u
r
e
1-3  
Chas  
si  
s
Fr  
o
n
t
Panel LEDs  
1
3
2
4
5
1
2
3
PS  
1
LE  
D
D
D
4
S
y
s
t
e
m
L
E
D
PS2  
LE  
LE  
5
10Gig por  
t
L
EDs  
Fan  
T
ab  
l
e
1-3  
Fro  
nt  
P
a
n
e
l
L
E
D
Descriptions  
LED  
Description  
System  
(front)  
Th sys  
switch. At startup  
diagnostic tests:  
e
t
e
m
LE  
D
indicate  
s
the operating state of the Catalyst 900M  
4
,
the Catalyst 4900M performs  
a
serie  
s
o
f
G
reenAll tests pass  
Red—A test othe tha  
r
n
a
n
individual por  
t
t
e
s
t
f
a
i
l
s
O
ff—  
Sy  
stem is in rommon mod  
e
or  
a
p
o
w
e
r
s
u
p
p
l
y
h
a
s
failed  
Switc  
h
is disabled  
CON  
G
O
reen10/10  
ff10/100 BASE-  
ted  
There ar  
reen10/100/1000BASE-  
0
BASE-  
T
c
o
n
s
o
l
e
p
o
r
t
is in link-up state  
Console por  
(rea  
t
T
c
onsole por is in link-down state or no  
t
t
c
onne  
c
r
)
No  
t
e
e
no blinking,  
r
e
d, or yellow state for this port  
s
MGT  
(rea  
G
state.  
T
Management port is in link-up  
ls.c  
r
)
om. All M  
O
ff10/100/1000BASE-  
T
Management por  
t
is in link-down  
state or not connected.  
No  
t
e
There ar no blinking,  
reenPort is operational.  
Yellow—P rt is disabled by user.  
Flashing yellow—Power-on self-test indic tes faulty port.  
ffNo signa dete ted or link configur tion failure  
e
r
e
d, or yellow states  
for this port.  
Port  
G
(front)  
o
a
O
l
c
a
.
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
1-5  
           
C
hapter  
1
P
roduct Overview  
Catal  
y
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Chassis  
T
a
b
le  
1-3  
Fr  
o
n
t
Panel LE  
D
Des  
cr  
ip  
t
i
o
n
s
(continued)  
L
ED  
Description  
AN ED indic  
Green—Fa  
Fa  
n
F
L
a
tes the fa  
operational.  
ult detected On or more  
owe to the an tray.  
n
tra  
y
status  
.
(
front  
a
n
d
r
e
a
r)  
n
tray  
Red—  
Fa  
.
e
f
a
ns not functional.  
Off—N  
o
p
r
f
PS1 an  
front)  
d
PS2  
PS  
1
a
nd the PS2 LED  
Off—N owe to the power supply.  
Green—Operational.1  
s
indicate  
s
the internal power upply status.  
s
(
o
p
r
Red—  
powe  
F
a
u
l
t
d
e
t
e
c
p
ted or th  
lugge in.  
ted below the  
e
on/of  
f
switc  
h
i
s
s
e
t
t
o
o
f
f
while th  
e
r
supply is  
d
L
1.  
IN  
K
e
A
link status LED is loc  
a
1
0
-
G
B
u
p
l
i
n
k
p
o
r
t
s
.
I
f
ithe  
y
r
is  
LED is gr  
the plugg  
status using  
e
e
n
e
a
d
t
n
d
t
h
e
o
t
h
e
r
i
s
O
F
F
t
h
e
p
o
w
e
r
s
supply  
fa lty  
i
I
s
t
probabl  
y
n
o
t
p
l
u
g
g
e
d
i
n
.
I
f
i
t
i
s
r
e
d
,
t
h
e
suppl  
fo  
e
r
i
r
i
n
a
n
d
n
o
t
s
w
i
t
c
h
e
d
o
n
o
r
i
t
i
u
.
ma  
y
b
e
n
e
c
e
s
sa  
r
y
t
o
f
i
n
t
e
r
r
o
g
a
t
e
t
h
e
s
y
s
t
em  
r
furthe  
h
e
C
L
I
.
Chassis Cooling  
he hot-swappable chassis  
T
f
an tray  
ir in rom the  
ight side of the hassis.  
(
WS-X4992) provide  
s
cooling air  
o
r
t
h
e
interna  
l
chassis  
air through  
c
p
omponents. Th  
e
fans draw  
a
f
r
ight side of the chassis  
a
nd exhaust the heate  
d
erfor  
a
tions on the  
r
c
Ca  
u
t
i
o
n
W
T
w
he  
he syste  
ith ne  
n
the fa  
m
w
n
tray is removed, interna  
should ot ope ate ithout  
fa tra  
l
c
a
i
r
f
c
a
uitry is expose  
d
tha  
t
should not be touche  
d
by tools or fingers  
aulty fa tra  
.
y
n
y.  
r
w
n
tray for longe  
r
than is ne  
c
e
s
s
a
r
y
t
o
r
e
p
l
a
c
e
a
f
n
a
n
Figur  
e
1
-
4
s
h
o
w
s
th  
e
direction of airflow through the switch.  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
1-6  
7
8
-18350-02  
         
Chapter  
1
Product Overview  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Switch Chassis  
Fig  
u
r
e
1-4  
Catalyst  
4900M Chass  
is  
Airflow  
There ar  
monitor the interna  
to the internal temper  
threshold, the environmenta  
e
f
i
ve fans in the  
ir temper  
ture for the quietest  
monitor disp  
f
a
n
t
r
a
y
.
I
f
a
T
n
individua  
he numbe  
per  
ys wa  
l
r
f
a
n
f
f
ails  
s
,
the  
o
r
f
ther fans continue to  
r
un.  
S
e
a
a
nsors  
ccording  
desired  
l
a
a
tures.  
of  
a
n
i
n
o
p
e
ation  
the air tempe  
ning messages.  
a
nd their spee  
d
e
varies  
xceeds  
a
o
a
a
tion possible  
r
.
I
r
atur  
e
l
l
No  
t
e
Ind  
i
v
idua  
l
f
an  
s
i
n
t
h
e
f
a
n
tra  
y
canno  
t
be replaced; the  
e
ntir  
e
s
fan tray must be replaced.  
Power Supplies  
No  
t
e
Fo  
r
complete powe  
r
spe  
c
ification  
s
f
o
r
t
h
e
Catalyst 4900M  
witch, se  
e
A
ppendix  
AC-input or 1000  
us LEDs (PS1 an  
A
,
Spe  
c
ification  
s
.”  
The  
supplies.  
C
a
talyst 4900M switch ha  
s
two  
r
edundant interna  
l
1
000  
W
W
DC-input power  
ls.c  
The interna  
panel) Ther  
(Output OK  
is powe switch on th  
into power supply nd the switch is se  
DC using ustomer-supplie cables.  
The switch starts with only one owe  
available in this configur tion. Cisc  
separate AC DC cir uits or ptimal power reliability.  
o
l
p
owe  
re  
currents.  
r
a
sup  
lso LED  
powe  
AC-input powe  
m
li  
e
s
have individual pow  
the powe suppli  
or is use to connec  
.
e
r
c
tha  
o
r
d
s
a
n
d
sta  
t
A
d
P
l
S
2
o
n
l
the front  
nd utput  
The  
is plugge  
to source  
M
.
e
)
a
s
o
n
r
e
s
t
t
show status for th  
the power supplie  
is present whe  
C-input owe  
e
input (Inpu  
t
OK  
)
a
o
.
r
c
d
d
s
to the site AC sourc  
e
re  
d
a
r
r
supplies; AC powe  
th On position.  
r
n
a
p
o
w
e
r
c
o
r
d
ttach  
a
a
t
t
o
e
D
p
r
supplies  
a
c
d
p
r
supply plugged in, bu  
t
r
edundant  
f
ailove  
r
a
nd load sha  
r
i
n
g
to  
i
s
n
o
t
a
o
re ommends that you  
c
a
lways connect both power supplies  
o
r
c
f
o
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
1-7  
           
C
hapter  
1
P
roduct Overview  
Catal  
y
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Half  
-
C
a
r
d
Modules  
For safety reasons, the AC powe  
r
supply must be switche  
d
off  
a
nd unplugged before it is  
r
emove  
d
e
from  
the  
a
a
c
hassis or inserte  
removed.  
d
into  
a
c
h
a
s
s
i
s
.
D
C
s
u
p
p
l
i
e
s
s
h
o
u
l
d
h
a
v
e
p
o
w
e
r
shut off from the sourc  
e
befor  
y
r
e
I
b
f
only  
o
e
ne power supply is used,  
blank power supply cover maintains EMI  
y
ou must use the supplie  
hield  
d
blank faceplate to  
c
ove  
r
the  
e
mpty power  
hassis.  
a
y
.
T
h
s
i
n
g
a
n
d
p
r
o
p
e
r
a
i
r
f
l
o
w
t
h
r
o
u
g
h
t
h
e
c
Environmental Monitoring of the Power Supplies  
sing th nvironmental monitor nd eporting functions, you  
U
e
e
i
n
g
a
r
c
a
n
maintain normal syste  
m
operation  
by esolving dverse nvironmental ondition rior to loss operation.  
r
a
e
c
s
p
o
f
E
ac  
h
power supply monitors its ow te erature an output vo tages. The Catalyst 4900  
n
m
p
d
l
M
switch senses  
th  
e
operating ondition the power supply nd eports status through softwar  
c
o
f
a
r
e.  
Power Management for the Catalyst 4900M Switch  
You selec ithe AC inpu or DC-input owe supplie  
c
a
n
t
e
r
-
t
p
r
s
f
or your switch. Th  
e
Catalyst 4900M switch  
s
u
p
p
o
r
t
s
t
h
e
f
o
l
l
o
w
i
n
g
p
o
w
e
r
s
u
p
p
l
i
e
s
:
1
1
000  
000  
W
W
AC-input  
D
C-  
inpu  
t
A
r
e
dundant powe  
r
supply  
c
an be identifie  
d
a
a
nd diagnosed by  
re interchangeable  
a
r
.
unning syste  
m
r
ega  
r
dles  
s
o
f
its input  
status. The AC  
-
inpu  
t
a
nd DC-input supplies  
Power Management Modes  
T
p
p
o
he Catalys  
t
4900M switc  
supplie ar per ti  
quirements ll times. If on  
powe equirement.  
h
n
supports the  
nor lly,  
powe  
r
ac  
e
dundant power management mode. In this mode  
provide ro 0/80 to 45/55 perc  
supply fails, the othe unit incr ase  
,
i
f
b
o
t
h
o
ow  
w
e
e
r
r
s
e
o
a
a
g
m
a
e
h
r
s
f
m
2
e
nt of the total syste  
owe to 100 pe cent  
m
r
e
t
a
e
r
e
s
p
r
r
f
t
h
e
t
o
t
a
l
r
r
Catalyst 4900M Half-Card Modules  
T
b
he Catalyst 4900M switch  
c
hassis  
h
d
as two half-card slots available allowing two half-c  
module available:  
a
r
d
m
o
d
u
l
e
s
to  
e
installed The fo lowing half-ca  
.
l
r
s
are  
W
W
S-X4920-GB-RJ45 Half-Car  
S-X4904-10G Half-Car Ethernet Module, page 1-10  
S-X4908-10G Ha f-Car Ethernet Module, page 1-11  
S-X4908-10G-RJ45 alf-Ca Module, page 1-1  
module ca be mixe hassis.  
d
Ethe net Module, page 1-  
r
9
E
d
ls.c  
W
o
E
l
m
d
.
All M  
W
H
r
d
E
therne  
t
3
T
he half-car  
d
s
n
d
in  
a
c
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
1-8  
7
8
-18350-02  
             
Chapter  
1
Product Overview  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Hal f-  
Car  
d
Modul es  
WS-X4920-GB-RJ45 Half-Card Ethernet Module  
The X4920-GB-RJ4 half-card Ethernet module  
W
S-  
5
p
rovides 10/100/1000-Mbps full-or half-duplex  
2
0
ports. Figur 1- shows the module with the major  
e
5
f
e
atures identified.  
Fig  
u
r
e
1-5  
WS-X4920-GB-RJ45  
H
alf-Car  
d
Et  
her  
net  
Module  
1
2
1
Module statu  
s
L
ED  
2
Port LEDs  
X4920-GB-  
Spec  
T
a
ble  
1
-4 lists the specifications for the  
W
S
-
R
J4  
5
half-c  
a
rd Etherne  
t
Module  
.
T
ab  
l
e
1-4  
WS-X4920-GB-RJ45  
H
alf-Car  
d
M
od  
ul  
e
i
fi  
c
ati  
ons  
S
p
ecifica  
Module type  
Port dup  
Port speed  
Number  
Connecto  
Cable type  
Cablin distance  
Pl ggable transceiver  
t
ion  
Description  
10/100/1000BASE-  
Half- or full-duplex mode  
T
half-  
c
ar  
d
Etherne  
t
module  
l
e
x
mode  
10, 100, or 100  
20  
0
M
bps  
o
f
ports  
ls.c  
o
r
type  
m
RJ-45  
Categor  
328 100 m)  
Not supporte  
. All M  
y
5
a
nd Category  
6
g
f
t
(
u
s
d
support  
Module upgrades  
available  
Non  
e
Pow  
e
r
over Ethernet  
Not supporte  
d
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
1-9  
     
C
hapter  
1
P
roduct Overview  
Catal  
y
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Half  
-
C
a
r
d
Modules  
WS-X4904-10GE Half-Card Ethernet Module  
he S-X4904-10G half card therne module provide  
T
W
E
-
E
t
s
4
10-Gigabit Ethernet ports. Figure 1-6  
shows the module.  
Fi  
gu  
re  
1-6  
WS-X4904-10GE  
H
alf-Car  
d
E
th  
ern  
et  
Module  
1
2
1
Module Status LED  
list th specifications  
WS-X4904-10GE  
2
P
o
r
t
L
E
D
s
Table 1-  
5
e
f
or the WS-X4904-10GE half-  
c
ar  
d
Ethernet module.  
T
a
b
l
e
1
-
5
H
a
l
f
-
C
a
r
d
Et  
h
e
r
n
e
t
Mo  
du  
le  
S
p
e
c
i
ficat  
ions  
Specification  
D
escriptio  
n
Module type  
1
0-Gigabit  
E
thernet module  
Por  
t
duple  
spee  
of  
Connecto  
Cable type  
Cabling distanc  
Pluggable transceivers  
suppor  
Module  
x
mode  
Full-duplex  
mode  
Por  
t
d
1
4
0G Mbps  
N
umbe  
r
p
orts  
ls.c  
o
r
type  
m
. All M  
F
e
D
X
o
f
X2 transceiver installed  
2
t
u
pgrade  
s
N
N
one  
a
vailable  
Powe  
r
ove  
r
E
therne  
t
ot supported  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
1-10  
7
8
-18350-02  
     
Chapter  
1
Product Overview  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Hal f-  
Car  
d
Modul es  
WS-X4908-10GE Half-Card Ethernet Module  
The S-X4908-10G module Figur 1-7) is  
W
E
(
e
a
n
8-port 10-Gigabit Etherne  
Cisc inGig onverte  
FP transceivers in the  
t
module tha  
t
l
has the ability  
in the  
onverter.  
to operate  
transceive  
a
s
a
1
6
p
o
r
t
1-Gigabit module by installing  
n
a
o
Tw  
c
r
modu  
e
X2  
r
socke  
t
a
nd the installing two 1-Gigabit  
S
TwinGig  
c
Fig  
u
r
e
1-7  
8-Por  
t
10-Gi  
g
ab  
i
t
Et  
her  
net  
Mo  
du  
le  
(WS-X4908-10GE)  
1
2
1
Module  
ble -6 list the specifications for th  
ab 1-6 WS-X4908-10GE alf-Car  
S
t
a
t
u
s
L
E
D
2
Port LEDs  
T
a
1
e
W
S
-
X4908-10GE  
h
alf-c  
a
r
d
E
t
h
e
r
net module.  
T
l
e
H
d
E
th  
er  
n
et  
M
od  
ul  
e
Specifications  
S
p
ecifica  
Module type  
Port dup mode  
Port speed  
t
ion  
Description  
10-Gigabit Ethernet module  
l
e
x
Full-duplex mod  
10G Mbps  
e
ls.com. All M  
Number  
o
f
ports  
8
(10-G  
por th  
1-Gigabit ports usin  
i
g
a
b
i
t
)
o
r
1
6
(
1-Gigabit). Each 10-Gigabit  
t
o
n
e
m
o
d
u
l
e
c
a
n
be converte  
Cisco TwinGig co  
nd SFP transceivers.  
also onverted into  
10-Gigabit SFP+ transceive port by installing  
One onverte module ((CVR-X2- FP10G).  
SC optical) RJ-4 opper)  
d
i
n
t
o
t
w
o
g
a
nverter  
module (CVR-X2-SFP)  
10-Gigabit X2 por ca  
a
E
o
ac  
ne  
isc  
h
t
n
b
e
c
r
a
C
o
X
c
r
S
Connecto  
r
type  
(
o
r
5
(c  
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
1-11  
     
C
hapter  
1
P
roduct Overview  
Catal  
y
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Half  
-
C
a
r
d
Modules  
T
a
b
le  
1-6  
WS-X4908-10GE  
H
alf-Car  
d
Et  
her  
net  
Mo  
du  
le  
Spec  
ifi  
cat  
io  
ns  
(continued)  
Specification  
D
escriptio  
n
Cable type  
MM  
F
or SMF (optical) or Category  
5
or  
Ca  
tegory  
6
(
c
opper)  
Cabling distanc  
e
D
ependent on the type  
o
f
X
2
,
S
F
P
,
o
r
SFP+  
transceiver installed  
Pluggable transceivers  
suppor  
X
2
transceivers  
SFP+ transceiver  
module  
SFPtr  
module  
one  
t
(
using  
a
Cisc  
o
One  
X
converte  
r
)
N
N
a
nsceiver (using  
)
a
Cisc  
o
T
w
i
n
Gig  
c
onverter  
M
o
d
u
l
e
u
p
g
r
a
d
e
s
a
vailable  
Powe  
r
ove  
r
E
therne  
t
ot supported  
No  
t
e
TwinGig converte  
transceiver connections.  
r
modules ma  
he  
hether it ha  
ch other. The neighboring por  
or Cisc TwinGig co erter module  
ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/swit  
y
y
be insta  
ou insert the TwinGig into one  
inGig installe or not, so you must position  
to TwinGig port  
ca be ound  
l
le  
d
i
n
p
l
a
c
e
of  
X
2
transceive  
r
module  
s
if you need 1-GB  
ort utomatically  
our Gig  
2. Installation  
SFP  
W
n
p
ort, its neighbor  
p
a
c
c
d
h
onverts to  
onverters nex  
ocumentation  
1
GE interfa  
c
es  
w
s
a
T
w
d
y
T
win  
t
to  
e
a
t
a
c
a
nnot  
s
uppor  
t
a
n
X
f
o
n
v
s
n
f
a
t:  
c
hes/lan/catalyst3750e_3560e/hardwar  
e
/insta  
ll/notes/1757202.h  
tml  
No  
t
e
W
f
he  
ollows: ports 1–2, ports 34, ports 5–6 an  
in ny por ill ff ct the pability its neighbor  
utomatically. Mixing within por group doe no work.  
X2 transceiver in ort nd inGig onverte in por  
n
using TwinGig  
c
onverters  
a
nd X2 transceiver  
orts 78. Inserting  
ort, an oth will be se  
xample, ou  
s
on this module  
,
ke  
inG  
e
i
p
g
them groupe  
onverte or X2 transceiver  
to handle the same type  
ould ot be ble to have  
d
i
n
p
a
i
r
s
as  
d
p
a
Tw  
c
t
r
a
t
w
a
e
c
a
o
f
p
d
b
a
a
a
t
s
t
A
s
a
n
e
y
w
n
a
n
p
1
a
a
T
w
c
r
t
2.  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
1-12  
7
8
-18350-02  
Chapter  
1
Product Overview  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Hal f-  
Car  
d
Modul es  
WS-X4908-10G-RJ45 Half-Card Ethernet Module  
The WS-X4908-10G- 45 half-c rd erne module provide  
RJ  
a
E
t
h
t
s
8
10Gbps full-or half-duplex ports.  
Fi ure 1-8 shows the module ith major atur identified  
g
w
f
e
e
s
.
Fig  
u
r
e
1-8  
WS-X4908-10G-RJ45  
H
alf-Card  
E
th  
er  
n
et  
M
od  
ul  
e
WS-X  
4908-10G-RJ45  
1
LINK  
2
ST  
A
T
1G  
US  
1
3
1
2
Module statu  
LINK LE  
s
L
ED  
3
1
G
L
E
D
(port operating in 1-Gbps mode)  
D
T
a
ble  
1
-7 lists the specifications for the  
W
S-  
X4908-G-RJ45 half-card  
E
thernet module.  
T
ab  
l
e
1-7  
WS-X4908-10G-RJ45  
Hal  
f
-
C
a
r
d
M
o
d
u
l
e
S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
ions  
S
p
ecifica  
Module type  
Port dup mode  
Port speed  
Number  
Connecto  
Cable type  
Cablin distance  
t
ion  
Description  
1-G thernet module  
Half- or full-duplex mode  
1-Gbps or 0-Gbps  
B
o
r
10-  
G
half-ca  
r
d
E
l
ex  
1
ls.c  
o
o
f
ports  
m
8
. All M  
r
type  
RJ-45  
Categor  
y
6, Categor  
6—Up to  
1-Gbps.  
6a and Categor  
both 10-Gbps and 1-Gbps.  
y
6a  
,
a
nd Categor  
55 m)  
y
g
Categor  
y
1
8
0
.
5
f
t
(
a
t
10-Gbps. Up to  
328  
f
t
(
1
0
0
m
)
at  
Categor  
y
y
7
—Up to 328  
f
t
(100 m)  
at  
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
1-13  
     
C
hapter  
1
P
roduct Overview  
Serial  
Number Location  
T
a
b
le  
1-7  
WS-X4908-10G-RJ45  
H
alf-Card  
M
od  
ul  
e
Speci  
fic  
ati  
on  
s
(continued)  
Specification  
D
escriptio  
n
Pluggable transceivers  
N
ot supporte  
d
d
suppor  
t
Module  
u
pgrade  
s
N
N
one  
a
vailable  
Powe  
r
ove  
r
E
therne  
t
ot supporte  
Serial Number Location  
Figur  
onta  
e
c
1
-9 shows the location of the seria  
t.  
l
numbe  
r
fo  
r
y
our switch. You will need this information when  
c
ting Cisco for suppor  
Fi  
gu  
re  
1-9  
Catalys  
t
4900M Chas  
si  
s
Serial Number  
ls.com. All M  
SN: XXXNNNNXXXX  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
1-14  
7
8
-18350-02  
   
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
2
Site Planning  
This  
contain  
c
hapter desc  
r
ibes how to  
p
repare  
y
our site for installation of  
age 2-  
t
h
e
Catalyst 4900M switch and  
s
these sections:  
Site Environmental Requirements,  
Site Powe Requirements, page -2  
Groundin page 2-  
Safety verview, pag  
p
1
r
2
g
Re  
quir  
e
ments  
2-  
,
7
O
e
7
Site Planning Checklist, pag 2-9  
e
Not  
e
A
site plannin  
g
che  
c
k
l
i
s
t
i
s
p
rovide  
d
o
n
p
a
g
e
2
-8 to help ensure that yo  
u
c
omplete all site planning  
activitie be ore you install the switch.  
s
f
Site Environmental Requirements  
Pl  
for  
only qualifie  
place  
a
nn  
i
n
g
a
prope  
r
loc  
syste  
personne  
a
tion  
f
or the  
tion.  
s
witc  
should install the sw  
ss to swit  
is inadequately ventilated  
h
a
nd layout  
f
or your  
itc  
e
h
quipment  
in enclosed, se  
nvironment. Equ  
use sys overtemper  
an make chassis panels inacc ssible nd difficult to  
r
ac  
k
or  
w
c
iring close  
t
is  
nsuring  
men tha  
ture  
e
ssentia  
l
s
ucc  
e
ssfu  
d
l
m
o
per  
a
Y
o
u
a
n
u
r
e
a
r
e
a
,
e
t
h
at  
l
have  
a
cc  
e
t
h
e
c
h
a
nd control of the  
an  
e
i
p
t
t
is  
d
too closely togethe  
r
o
r
t
h
a
t
c
c
a
t
e
m
a
conditions.  
maintain.  
I
n
addition, poo  
r
e
qu  
i
p
ment placement  
c
e
a
The switch operates as  
cle n, well-ventilated,  
airflow. If the airflow is blocke  
condition an oc ur. he switch  
syste omponents.  
a
a
standalon  
nd air-conditioned  
or estricted  
ironmenta  
e
syste  
m
mounte  
d
in  
a
rack in  
ensur  
or if the intake ir is too wa  
monitor then shut own the  
a
secure wiring closet. It requires  
normal operation, intain ambient  
overtempe atur  
ystem to protect the  
a
dry,  
a
e
nvironment.  
T
o
e
ma  
d
r
,
a
r
m,  
a
n
s
r
e
c
c
T
e
n
v
l
c
a
n
d
m
c
ls.com. All M  
T
o
e
nsur  
prepare your site before installation.  
temperature  
dust nd for  
possible  
e
norma  
l
o
per  
a
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
a
void unne  
fte installation, make sure that the  
to ee the re ound the chassis  
lakes rom ne rby onstructio activity)  
c
essar  
y
maintenance, plan  
y
our site configuratio  
n
and  
ambient  
re ro  
A
r
s
ite maintains  
an  
o
f
0
to 40°C (32 to 104°F). It is essentia  
l
k
p
a
a
a
r
a
s
f
e
f
m
a
e
ign conductive mate  
r
i
a
l
(such  
a
s
meta  
l
f
f
a
c
n
a
s
i
s
.
Multiple switche  
whe mountin  
s
a
e
ca  
switc  
tha  
n
b
e
r
a
c
a
e
k-mounte  
ac with othe  
xhaust from othe  
d
with little or  
n
o
cle  
a
ranc  
e
a
bove an  
d
below the chassis.  
th loor ne  
H
othe  
o
w
r
ever,  
e
n
g
h
in  
r
k
r
e
r
quipment, or when pla  
c
i
n
g
i
t
o
n
e
f
a
r
equipment,  
chassis.  
e
nsur  
t
the  
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
b
l
o
w
into the intake vents of th  
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
2-1  
                 
Chapter  
2
S
i
t
e
P
l
a
n
n
i
n
g
Sit  
e
P
ower Requirements  
Cooling air  
i
s
draw  
ea  
orts of  
n
in through the  
lea of bstructions, including dust  
ther equipment.  
r
ight side and  
e
xhauste  
d
through the left side of the chassis. Keep  
ial, and wa om  
th  
th  
e
e
side  
exhaust  
s
a
nd  
r
r
c
r
o
a
nd foreign conductive ma  
t
e
r
a
y
f
r
p
o
A
th  
ppendix A, “Specifications,”  
switches. To maintain normal operatio  
nd EMI-fre nd ontinuou  
re those  
pproaches the minimum or maximum of  
l
ists the operatin  
g
e
r
a
nd nonoperatin  
nsur hig system  
your site Th  
will continue to operate  
indicate potentia problem. You  
ting environmenta efor the xcee  
g
e
nvironmental site requirements for  
ilability maintain ambient  
ironmenta range listed in  
however, measuremen  
an maintain normal  
the maximum  
e
n
p
a
owe  
nd  
e
h
a
v
v
a
,
an  
temperatur  
ppendix  
e
A
a
a
e
a
c
s
a
t
.
e
e
n
l
s
A
w
ithin which the switc  
h
;
a
c
t
that  
a
o
o
a
r
ang  
e
s
a
a
l
per  
per  
a
a
tion by anticipating an  
ting range  
d
corre  
c
l
nomalie  
s
b
e
y
e
d
.
Site Power Requirements  
T
his section describe  
s
the installation site power requirements fo  
ou install the switch.  
r
the Catalyst  
4
900M switch.  
Verify  
y
our site power before  
y
T
his section onsists of th  
Preinstallation Requirements  
Warnings an Cautions, page  
MI Recommendations, page 2-  
Powe Requirements nd Heat Dissipatio  
c
e
following sections:  
page -2  
-2  
,
2
d
2
E
3
r
a
n
,
p
a
g
e
2
-
3
Preinstallation Requirements  
Follow these quirements whe  
switc to epa  
r
e
n
prepa  
ate  
r
i
n
g
y
o
u
r
s
it  
dedicate  
overcurrent protection an  
e
fo  
r
the Catalyst  
4
900M switc  
rovide ea switc  
irect groundin  
h
installation:  
with its own  
to the ranch  
Connec  
t
ea  
c
h
h
s
r
w
irin  
g
o
t
n
a
d
circuit;  
p
c
h
h
b
ranc  
h
c
ircuit connection with sufficien  
d
d
g
b
c
ircuit.  
To prevent  
a
loss of input  
p
ower, be sur  
nd bre  
e
the total maximum  
l
o
a
d
o
n
e
a
ch AC circuit is  
within the  
c
urrent ratings of th  
e
wiring  
a
a
kers.  
Warnings and Cautions  
Follow these  
p
recaution  
s
w
he  
n
preparing  
y
our site for the Catalyst 4900M switch installation:  
Ca  
u
t
i
o
n
T
h
e
t
o
t
a
l
maximum loa  
d
on  
e
ac  
h
A
C
o
r
D
C
-
input powe  
r
c
ircuit must be  
w
i
t
h
i
n
t
h
e
r
ating of the wirin  
g
ls.com. All M  
a
nd breaker.  
A
n
overloa  
d
o
f
input power ca  
n
result if this  
r
equirement is not met.  
Warni  
ng  
Rea  
d
t
he installatio  
n
in  
st  
ructions before connectin  
g
t
he  
sy  
stem to the power source. Sta  
t
e
ment 100  
4
Warni  
ng  
In  
stallation of the equipment  
mu  
s
t
comply wit  
h
local and national electrical code  
s
.
Statement 1074  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
2-2  
7
8
-18350-02  
             
Chapter  
2
S
i
t
e
P
l
a
n
n
i
n
g
S
i
te  
Powe  
r
Requiremen ts  
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
Ultimate disposal of this  
tatement 1040  
p
roduct should be handle  
d
a
ccordin  
g
to all national laws and regulations.  
S
EMI Recommendations  
llo these uideli  
Fo  
w
g
n
e
s
w
h
e
n
se  
ttin  
g
u
p
t
h
e
s
i
t
e
w
i
r
i
n
g
.
W
hen plannin  
g
the location of the new system,  
c
o
n
s
i
d
e
r
e
l
e
c
t
r
o
m
a
g
n
e
t
i
c
i
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
(
E
M
I
)
,
the distance limitation  
s
f
or signaling,  
a
nd connecto  
r
compatibility.  
When wire  
(RFI) can occur between the field  
s
a
r
e
r
un  
f
o
r
a
n
y
significant distanc  
e
in  
a
n
e
lectromagnetic field, radio frequency interference  
ires.  
a
nd the signals on the  
w
Bad plant wiring ca esult in  
St ong EMI, specially when  
an  
line  
n
r
r
adio requenc interfe  
use by lightnin or  
an reate an lectric  
f
y
r
enc  
dio transmitters  
ha ar by onductin  
e.  
r
d
e
c
a
nd  
d
g
r
a
,
c
an destroy the signa  
pow surge  
l
driver  
s
r
s
e
a
ceiver  
s
i
n
t
h
e
s
witc  
h
a
c
c
e
a
l
z
d
c
g
e
r
s
through  
n
d
i
n
t
o
e
quipment.  
Not  
e
T
o
pr  
e
dict  
a
nd remedy stron  
g
E
MI, you might ne  
e
d
to  
c
onsult RFI experts.  
Power Requirements and Heat Dissipation  
The powe equirements migh useful or plannin  
r
r
t
b
e
f
g
th  
e
powe  
or sizing the  
the owe  
r
d
istribution system needed to support  
the switches. Heat dissipation is an importan consideration  
for an installation. Refe to ppendix A, Spe ification ,” fo  
Catalyst 4900 switch  
t
f
a
ir-conditioning requirements  
r
A
c
s
r
p
r
an  
d
hea  
t
ratings  
f
or  
a
M
.
Y
Ta  
ou will lso nee to provide power to th  
ble -1 lists the specifications for the AC powe  
powe supply The table include ferences to illustration  
a
d
e
switc  
h
w
r
it  
h
the  
a
ppropriate AC power  
re vailable for th  
the AC power ords.  
c
e
or  
100  
d
f
0
or your location.  
AC-input  
2
c
ord  
s
that  
a
f
a
W
r
.
s
r
e
s
o
c
T
ab  
l
e
2-1  
1000  
W
AC-I  
np  
ut  
Po  
w
e
r
S
u
pp  
ly  
Power Co  
r
d
s
Loca  
l
e
Po  
wer Cord  
Pa  
rt Numbe  
r
AC  
S
ource  
P
l
u
g
C
o
r
d
s
e
t
R
a
t
i
n
g
Power rd  
Reference  
Illus ation  
C
o
T
y
pe  
t
r
Argentina  
CAB-IR2073-C15-AR=  
(was CAB-7KACR=)  
I
RAM 2073  
10  
A
A
,
,
250  
250  
V
AC  
Figur  
e
2
-1  
Austr  
a
lia,  
CAB-AS3112-C15-AU=  
SAA  
A
S
3
1
1
2
1
0
VAC  
Figur  
e
2
-2  
ls.com. All M  
Ne  
w
Zealand  
(was CAB-7KACA  
=)  
Continenta  
l
E
urope CAB-CEE77-C15-EU=  
(was CAB-7KACE=)  
CEE  
7
/7  
10  
10  
13  
A
A
A
,
,
,
250  
250  
125  
V
AC  
Figur  
Figur  
Figur  
e
e
e
2
2
2
-3  
-4  
-5  
Italy  
CAB-C2316-  
C1  
5-IT=  
CEI 23-16/7  
VAC  
(was CAB-7KACI=)  
CAB-US515-C15-US=  
(was CAB-7KAC=)  
North Americ  
Japan  
a
,
N
EMA 5-151  
VAC  
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
2-3  
             
Chapter  
2
S
i
t
e
P
l
a
n
n
i
n
g
Sit  
e
P
ower Requirements  
T
a
b
le  
2-1  
100  
0
W
A
C-I  
n
pu  
t
Power Su  
pp  
ly  
Po  
w
e
r
C
o
r
ds  
(c  
on  
t
i
nued  
)
L
ocale  
Power  
Co  
rd Part Number  
AC SourcePlug  
yp  
Co  
rdset Rating  
Power Cord  
Reference  
T
e
Illustration  
N
orth  
Sou  
ndia  
Swit  
A
meric  
frica  
a
CA  
CA  
B
-
N5K6A-NA  
=
NEM  
A
6-15P 10 A, 250  
10 A, 250  
V
AC  
Figur  
Figur  
e
e
2-  
2-  
6
7
t
h
A
,
B-  
BS546-C15-  
S
A
=
BS 546  
(SABS 164-1)  
VAC  
I
z
e
rland  
CA  
B-  
9K10A-SW=  
B-7KACSW=)  
BS1363-C15-UK  
B-7KACU=)  
ontra tor to pr  
SEV 101  
1
10 A, 250  
13 A, 250  
plug.  
VAC  
Figur  
Figur  
e
e
2-  
2-  
8
9
(
wa  
CA  
wa  
s
CA  
U
nite  
d
K
ingdo  
m
B-  
=
BS 13632  
VAC  
(
s
CA  
1.  
2.  
F
or  
J
a
pan,  
a
s
k
your  
l
oc  
a
l
e
le  
c
t
ric  
a
l
c
c
e
p
a
r
e
t
h
e
NEM  
A
5
-
2
0
p
o
w
e
r
P
l
ug  
c
onta  
i
ns  
a
13  
A
f
u
s
e
.
Fi  
gu  
re  
2-1  
CAB-IR2073-C15-AR=, CAB-7KACR= (Argentina)  
Cordset rating: 10 A, 250  
Length: ft in. (2.5 m)  
Connector: IEC 60320 C15  
V
8
2
Plug: IRAM 2073  
Fi  
gu  
re  
2-2  
CAB-AS3112-C15-AU=  
,
CAB-7KACA  
=
(A  
u
s
t
r
al  
ia  
and  
New Zealand)  
Cordset rating: 10 A, 250  
Length: ft in. (2.5 m)  
V
Plug: SAA AS 3112  
8
2
Connector: IEC 60320 C15  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
2-4  
7
8
-18350-02  
   
Chapter  
2
S
i
t
e
P
l
a
n
n
i
n
g
S
i
te  
Powe  
r
Requiremen ts  
Fig  
u
r
e
2-3  
CAB-CE  
E77-C15-EU=, CAB-7KACE  
=
(Co  
nt  
in  
ent  
al  
Europe)  
Cordset rating: 10A/16 A, 250  
Length: ft in. (2.5 m)  
V
8
2
Plug:  
M2511  
Connector:  
VSCC15  
Fig  
u
r
e
2-4  
CAB-C2316-C15-IT=, CAB-7KACI= (Italy)  
Cordset rating: 10 A, 250  
Length: ft in. (2.5 m)  
V
8
2
Plug: CEI 23-16/7  
Connector: IEC 60320 C15  
Fig  
u
r
e
2-5  
CAB-US515-C15-US=, CAB-7KAC= (Nor  
th  
America)  
Cordset rating 13A, 125V  
(8.2 feet) (2.5m)  
ls.com. All M  
Plug:  
Connector:  
NEMA 5-15P  
IEC60320/C15  
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
2-5  
     
Chapter  
2
S
i
t
e
P
l
a
n
n
i
n
g
Sit  
e
P
ower Requirements  
Fi  
Fi  
Fi  
g
u
r
e
2-6  
CAB-N5K6A-NA (No  
r
t
h
America)  
Cordset rati10 A, 250  
Length: 8.2 ft  
V
Plug: NEMA 6-15P  
Connector:  
IEC60320/C13  
gu  
re  
2-7  
CAB-BS546-C15-SA (So  
u
th  
A
fr  
i
c
a,  
India)  
C
ords  
e
t
rating 10A, 250V  
in (1.83 m)  
6
ft.  
0
P
lug:BS 546  
C
onnector: IE  
C
60320 C15  
(SABS 164-1)  
gu  
re  
2-8  
CAB-9K10A-SW=, CAB-7KACSW= (Switzerland)  
Cordset rating: 10 A, 250  
Length: ft. in (2.5 m)  
V
8
2
Plu
MP232-R  
Connector:  
IEC 60320 C15  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
2-6  
7
8
-18350-02  
     
Chapter  
2
S
i
t
e
P
l
a
n
n
i
n
g
Grounding Requirements  
Fig  
u
r
e
2-9  
CAB-BS1363-C15-UK=, CAB-7KACU= (United Kingdom)  
13A  
fuse  
Cordset rating: 10 A, 250  
V
Length:  
8
ft  
2
in. (2.5 m)  
Plug: BS 1363  
Connector: IEC 60320 C15  
Grounding Requirements  
Groundin is ecommende  
g
r
d
on  
a
ll AC-input or  
h
D
C-inpu  
t
installations, using only  
M4 mm bolts  
AWG The rounding pa  
a
pprove  
d
a
c
opper  
n
connectors. ttac the rovided two  
the entr office CO) or  
locate on the the  
A
h
(
p
ole ground lug to the chassis usin  
ther interior ground syste ith number  
hassis, shown in Figur  
g
x
ire  
8
.
n
d
t
h
e
to  
is  
c
a
l
o
c
m
w
6
w
g
d
d
r
ea  
r
o
f
a
s
e
2-10  
.
Fig  
u
r
e
2-10  
Gro  
u
n
d
in  
g
Pad Location  
1
1
Groundin  
g
pad  
Safety Overview  
This sectio  
n
p
rovides safety information tha  
t
y
ou should  
r
ea  
d
a
nd understand to  
e
nsur  
e
a
sa  
f
e
switch  
ls.com. All M  
installation  
.
Ensuring Safety  
llo  
Fo  
w
these guideline  
s
i
to  
tuation  
e
nsur  
s
e
your  
s
afety  
y
a
nd protec  
t
th  
e
equipment. This list is  
n
ot inclusive  
t.  
o
f
all  
p
o
t
e
n
t
i
a
l
l
y
h
a
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
s
that you ma  
b
e
e
x
p
o
s
e
d
t
o
a
s
y
o
u
install the switch, so be aler  
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
2-7  
                   
Chapter  
2
S
i
t
e
P
l
a
n
n
i
n
g
S
a
f
e
t
y
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Warni  
ng  
O
Statemen 1030  
nly trained and qualified personnel should be allowe  
t
d
to install, replace, or service this equipment.  
Warni  
ng  
T
a
a
his equip  
bsence of  
uthority  
m
a
e
nt  
su  
m
u
s
t
b
e
grounded. Never defea  
itably installed ground conductor. Contact the appropriate electrica  
an electrician if you are uncertain that itable grounding is ilable  
t
the  
g
round  
c
onductor or operate the  
e
quipment  
i
n
the  
l
i
n
s
p
e
c
t
i
o
n
tatement 102  
o
r
s
u
a
va  
.
S
4
No  
t
e
To completely de-energize the system, unplug the power cord.  
A
A
lways use  
lways turn  
c
aution whe  
n
liftin  
g
h
eavy equipment.  
a
ll owe supplies off by unplugging all power cords befor  
p
r
e
installing or removing  
a
c
hassis.  
K
ee  
p
the  
tools an  
earing jewelry  
hassis. Avoid wearing  
nstall th syste in  
c
hassis area cle  
chassis omponents off of the floo  
including gs an hains)  
lothing, or securely faste  
ith the ollowing loc  
a
r
a
nd free of dus  
t
during  
a
nd  
a
fte  
r
installation.  
K
ee  
p
d
c
r
an  
d
a
wa  
y
f
r
o
m
f
o
o
t
traffic  
ould ge  
as ties,  
electrical codes.  
.
Avoid  
c
w
(
a
r
i
n
d
c
o
r
othe  
r
n
items that  
c
t
s
c
a
ught in the  
n
y
l
o
o
s
e
c
items suc  
h
carves, or sleeves.  
I
e
m
c
omplianc  
e
w
f
a
l
a
nd nationa  
l
Working Safely with Electricity  
Follow these asic guideline  
mergency power-off switc  
b
s
w
he  
n
working with  
a
n
y
e
l
e
c
trical  
e
quipment:  
L
ocate th  
e
e
h
f
o
r
t
h
e
r
oom in whic  
h
you  
a
re working befor  
e
beginning  
installation.  
D
D
N
D
E
isconnect  
not wor  
eve  
not perform any  
xamin you wor  
xtension  
a
ll  
p
o
w
e
r
an  
d
e
xterna  
l
cable  
s
befor  
e
installing or  
r
e
moving  
a
c
hassis.  
o
k
alon  
e
when potentially hazardous conditions  
e
xist.  
uit;  
eople or makes the equipmen unsafe.  
moist floors, ungrounded power  
r
a
ssume that powe  
ctio  
ar  
r
ha  
s
been disconnecte  
that cr ate potentia  
arefully fo possible haza  
safety grounds.  
d
from  
a
cir  
c
a
lways check.  
o
a
n
c
e
s
a
l
ha  
z
ar  
d
to  
p
t
e
r
k
e
a
r
r
d
s
s
u
c
h
as  
e
c
ables, and missin  
g
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
2-8  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Chapter  
2
S
i
t
e
P
l
a
n
n
i
n
g
S
it  
e
P
lannin  
g
C
heckli  
s
t
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage  
Electrostatic discharge (ESD  
handle nd an sult in omplete  
damage  
)
damag  
e
occurs whe  
intermittent  
n
f
e
lectronic  
u
c
a
r
d
s
o
r
c
omponents  
are improperly  
d
:
a
c
r
e
c
o
r
a
il res. Follow these  
g
uidelines to prevent ESD  
Always use an ESD-preventive  
the skin.  
w
a
r
i
s
t
o
r
a
nk  
l
e
str  
a
p
,
a
n
d
e
nsur  
e
that it make  
s
maximum  
c
on  
t
a
c
t
with  
When coming into  
of the following:  
c
ontact with  
ny internal components,  
a
lways  
u
se a wrist strap  
c
onnecte  
d
t
o
o
n
e
ESD wrist stra  
Any unpain  
p
connector  
t
e
d
grounded surfa  
c
e
on the chassis or  
e
quipment rack  
Ca  
u
t
i
on  
Periodically che  
c
k
the resistanc  
e
value of the antistatic strap. The measuremen  
t
should be betwee  
n
1
and  
10 megohms (Mohms).  
Handle card  
void ontac  
voltages on the body  
s
by the edges only  
etwee the module  
voltage  
.
A
c
t
b
n
E
s
s
a
on  
nd  
c
c
lothing. The wrist str  
c
a
p
p
rote  
c
.
ts  
o
nly the card from ESD  
;
SD  
lothing an still cause damage  
Site Planning Checklist  
ble -2 ists the site planning  
T
a
2
l
a
c
tiv  
ities that  
y
ou should pe  
r
for  
m
before you insta the Catalyst 4900M  
l
l
s
w
i
t
c
h
.
C
o
m
p
l
e
t
i
n
g
e
a
c
h
a
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
h
e
l
p
s
t
o
e
n
s
u
r
e
a
successful switch  
installation.  
T
ab  
l
e
2-2  
No. Pl  
Si  
t
e
P
l
an  
n
i
n
g
Checklist  
T
as  
k
a
nning Activit  
y
valuation  
nd layout  
Verified  
B
y
Time  
Date  
1
2
Space  
e
:
Space  
Floor  
a
c
overing  
and ration  
Lighting  
Maintenanc  
Shoc  
k
v
i
b
e
a
c
cess  
valuation:  
ture  
Environmenta  
Ambient temper  
Hu idity  
Altitud  
l
e
a
m
ls.com. All M  
evaluation:  
typ  
roximit to the equipment  
Dedicate (sepa ate ircuits for redundant power  
supplies  
UPS for owe failures  
e
Atmospheric contamination  
Airflow  
3
Powe  
Input powe  
Rec ptacle  
r
r
e
e
p
y
d
r
)
c
p
r
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
2-9  
         
Chapter  
2
S
i
t
e
P
l
a
n
n
i
n
g
Sit  
e
P
lanning Checklist  
T
a
b
le  
2-2  
Sit  
e
P
lan  
ni  
ng  
Checkli  
st  
(continued)  
T
a
s
k
N
o
.
P
lanning Activity  
Grounding valuation:  
ir uit reake siz  
face equipmen  
V
erifi  
e
d
By  
Time  
Date  
4
e
C
c
b
r
e
5
6
C
a
ble and inte  
r
t
evaluation:  
C
C
C
a
b
l
e
t
y
p
e
o
nnector type  
able distance limitations  
Interfac  
EMI  
Distance limitation  
ite wirin  
FI levels  
e
e
quipment  
(
f
transceivers)  
e
v
aluation:  
s
or signalin  
g
S
g
R
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
2-10  
7
8
-18350-02  
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
3
Installing the Switch  
Revi ry 4, 2012  
s
ed  
:
Janua  
This  
procedur  
c
hapte  
r
describes  
h
o
w
to install the Catalyst 4900M switch. For  
in the order lis d.  
f
irst-time installations, pe  
r
for  
m
the  
e
s
in the following section  
s
t
e
Checking th Contents, age 3-1  
Rack-Mounting th Switch, page 3-2  
th Catalyst 4900M  
DC-Input Powe to the talyst 4900M Switch, pag  
page 3-14  
Configurable Modules, page 3-14  
e
p
e
Connectin  
Connectin  
g
g
P
ower  
t
o
e
Sw  
itch, page 3-7  
r
Ca  
e
3-  
9
Optic  
a
l
Connections  
,
Not  
e
Befor  
Chapter  
e
starting the insta  
l
lation procedure  
s
a
in this chapter,  
ll planning activitie  
c
omplete the site plannin  
er ompleted  
g
checklist in  
2
,
“Site Planning,” to verif  
y
tha  
t
s
w
e
c
.
Checking the Contents  
Not  
e
Do  
n
ot discar  
d
the shipping containe  
r
whe  
n
you unpack the switch  
.
Flatten th  
e
shipping  
c
artons and store  
them.  
Y
o
u
w
i
l
l
n
e
e
d
t
h
e
c
o
n
t
a
i
n
e
r
i
f
y
o
u
n
ee  
d
to move or ship the switch in the future.  
T
o
c
heck the conten  
t
s
of the shipping  
c
ontainer follow these steps:  
St  
ep  
1
C
h
e
c
k
t
h
e
c
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
o
f
t
h
e
a
ccessorie  
s
kit against the packing slip  
.
V
e
rif  
y
tha  
t
y
ou receive  
d
a
l
l
l
i
s
t
e
d
ls.com. All M  
equipment,  
w
hich should include th  
ardware an softwar documentation, if ordered  
quipment tha yo orde ed, suc as networ interfac  
connectors. onsole cable is not provided pa of th ac essory kit.  
begin installation, procee to the Rack-Mountin th Switch” se tion on page 3-2.  
e
follo  
wing:  
Switc  
h
h
d
e
Optional  
e
t
u
r
h
k
e
c
ables, transceivers, or special  
an ordere as an option.  
A
c
a
s
r
t
e
c
I
t
c
d
St  
ep  
2
T
o
d
g
e
c
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
3-1  
       
Chapte  
r
3
Inst  
allin  
g
t
h
e
S
w
i
t
c
h
Rack-  
Mounting the Switch  
Rack-Mounting the Switch  
ck-moun kit 69-1821-03) is include  
A
r
a
t
(
d
k
e
in the  
her  
2.5 inche  
strip) that could impair  
fo two-post  
a
e
c
cessor  
the depth of the  
(82.5 m). This  
cces  
quipment ra  
y
kit for mounting the switc  
ac the distanc  
ack-mount kit is not suitable  
to the switch, our-pos ra  
h
in  
sure  
a
standard  
1
9-inc 48.3 m) our-post equipment ra  
th front nd the ea posts) doe not exce  
or acks with obstruction suc owe  
nclosures tha ed 32.5 inche (82.5 m) in depth,  
h
(
c
f
c
w
r
k
(
e
me  
a
d
b
etwee  
n
e
a
r
r
s
d
3
s
c
r
s
f
r
s
(
h
a
s
a
p
r
a
f
t
c
k
e
t
exc  
e
s
c
o
r
r
e
c
ks.  
A
n
optiona ra k-mounting it (C4900M-BKTS-KIT=) is available  
l
c
k
f
s
or installing the  
(82.5  
c
hassis in two-post  
t
e
l
c
o
r
a
c
k
s
a
nd in four-post equipment  
r
a
c
k
s
t
h
a
t
e
x
c
e
e
d
3
2
.
5
i
n
c
h
e
c
m) in depth.  
Ca  
Ca  
u
t
i
o
n
n
Before installing the  
to be ome amilia with the prope  
uidelines could lead to unsuccessful installation  
c
hassis in  
a
rack  
,
re  
a
a
nd  
d
the “Site Environmental Requirements” section on pag  
ironmenta conditions. ilur to re nd ollow these  
nd possible damage to the syste nd omponents.  
e
2-1  
c
f
r
r
site  
e
n
v
l
Fa  
e
a
d
m
a
a
f
c
g
a
n
a
u
t
i
o
T
his unit is me  
a
nt to be  
r
ack-  
mo  
unted, and is not intende  
d
to  
b
ea  
r
more tha  
n
its own weight. Do  
n
ot stack  
more than two on  
a
table top, the  
a
dded weight may damage the bottom  
c
hassis.  
Warni  
ng  
To pre  
p
e
v
e
nt bodily injury whe  
recautions to ensure that the sy  
nsure your safety:  
n
mounting or serv  
i
cing this  
u
n
i
t
i
n
a
rack  
,
y
o
u
must take  
s
p
ecia  
d
l
to  
s
t
e
m
r
e
m
a
i
n
s
s
t
a
b
l
e
.
T
he following guidelines are provide  
T
h
i
s
u
n
n
i
t
sh  
o
u
l
d
b
e
m
o
u
n
t
e
d
a
t
t
h
e
b
o
t
t
o
m
o
f
t
h
e
ra  
c
k
i
f
i
t
i
s
t
h
e
o
n
l
y
u
n
i
t
i
n
t
h
e
rack.  
Wh  
e
m
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
t
h
i
s
u
n
i
t
i
n
a
p
a
rt  
i
a
l
l
y
f
i
l
l
e
d
ra  
c
k
,
l
o
a
d
t
h
e
r
a
c
k
f
ro  
m
t
h
e
b
o
t
t
o
m
t
o
t
he  
t
o
p
wit  
h
t
h
e
h
e
avi  
es  
t
c
om  
p
on  
en  
t
a
t
t
h
e
bo  
t
t
o
m
o
f
t
h
e
ra  
c
k
.
I
t
f
h
t
e
h
ra  
e
ra  
ck  
c
.
k
S
i
s
p
rovi  
tatemen  
d
t
e
d
wi  
t
h
sta  
b
i
l
i
z
i
ng  
de  
vi  
ce  
s,  
i
nst  
a
l
l
t
h
e
sta  
b
i
l
i
z
ers  
be  
f
o
re  
mo  
un  
t
i
n
g
o
r
servi  
c
i
ng  
t
he  
un  
i
t
i
n
1006  
Rack-Mounting Guidelines  
Before ck-mounti  
he  
r
a
n
g
the switch, ensure the  
is th prope size.  
idth of the rack between th  
f
ollowing:  
T
e
quipment ra  
c
k
e
r
T
he  
w
,
e
two  
f
ron  
t
mounting strip  
s
o
r
rails, must  
b
e
17.75 inches  
ls.com. All M  
(
45.09  
he depth  
48.9  
c
m).  
T
(
o
f
th  
e
rack  
,
betwee  
3
n
the front and re  
a
r
mounting strips, must  
b
e
a
t
le  
a
st 19.25 inche  
s
c
m
)
but not more than  
2
.
5
i
n
c
h
e
s
(82.5  
cm).  
No  
t
e
If your  
installing the  
ra k-mount kit  
f
our-pos  
t
r
ac  
k
e
nclosure exc  
e
ed  
s
m
.
3
e
2.5 inche  
nt rack, you must order  
s
(82.5  
c
m) in depth, or you  
are  
c
hassis in  
a
two-post  
e
quip  
a
nd use the optiona  
l
c
(
C4900M-BKTS-KIT=)  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
3-2  
7
8
-18350-02  
     
Chapter  
3
Installing  
t
heSwitch  
R
ack-  
Mounting the Switch  
The  
r
a
ck must have sufficient vertica  
l
c
lear  
a
nce to inser  
t
the chassis. The  
c
hassis height is  
2
U
(3.5 inche  
s
(8.9 cm)).  
The equipmen  
t
r
a
c
k
i
s
s
t
a
b
l
e
a
nd in no dange  
onstructed to suppor  
specifications, se ppendix A,  
ommend that you olt th ra to  
Mount the unit at the ottom of the rack if it is the  
quipment in the lower alf the  
from becoming top-heav and tipping over.  
before moun in or servicing th switch in the  
devic s).  
is properly ventilated.  
r
of  
f
alling over.  
the weight an  
ification .”  
loor.  
Ensure that the shelf is  
physic  
c
t
d
dimensions of the chassis.  
F
o
r
a
l
e
A
Spe  
c
s
W
e
r
e
c
b
e
c
k
t
h
e
f
b
o
nly unit in the  
r
ack.  
Install heavie  
r
e
h
o
f
r
a
ck to maintain  
a
low cente  
r
of  
ac  
g
ravity and  
p
r
e
v
e
n
t
t
h
e
r
a
c
k
y
Install the stabilizer  
s
t
g
e
r
ac  
k
(
i
f
t
h
e
r
k
is provided  
with stabilizin  
g
e
T
h
e
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
r
a
c
k
Install the  
an open rac  
c
k
hassis  
whenever possible.  
i
n
a
n
enclose  
d
ra  
c
k
o
n
l
y
i
f
i
t
h
as  
a
dequate ventilation or  
a
n
exhaust  
f
an  
;
use  
ck  
Ensure that the  
temperature  
assembly, the ambient operating temperature of  
ambient oom tempe atur  
a
mbient tempe atur  
r
e
o
f
the  
r
ac  
k
e
n
v
iron  
m
e
n
t
d
o
e
s
not exceed  
lose or multiunit  
nvironment migh be highe tha  
a
max  
imu  
m
ra  
n
o
f
1
0
4
°
F
(
4
0
°
C
)
.
Note tha  
t
if the switch is installed in  
a
c
d
t
h
e
ra  
c
k
e
t
r
th  
e
r
r
e.  
Note that ventilation syste  
by creating negative pressur  
intake vent. necessary, per  
prevent airflow restriction, allow  
ventilation openings on the sides of th  
Use baffle cor ectly to assist in ooling the chassis.  
Note tha equipment near the bottom of rack may ene  
an into the intake ports of quipment bove leadin to overtempe  
chassis near the top of the ack.  
Conside quipment and cabling that is already  
othe equipment ill not obstruc the irflow through the  
supplie or switching modu s. Route cable wa from  
disconne nnecessarily or quipment maintenanc  
Allow ee (91.4 to 121.9  
remova assemblies. the rack is mobile  
cm) of bine or norma operation an  
a
m
in  
ound the chassis  
te the hassis with the rack open  
a
c
l
o
sed  
r
ac  
k
tha  
a
t
i
s
too  
p
o
w
e
rful might  
a
lso prevent cooling  
from th hassis  
e
a
r
a
nd redirecting the  
a
i
r
a
w
a
y
e
c
I
f
o
c
.
T
o
a
t
l
e
a
s
t
3
i
n
c
h
e
s
(
7
.
6
c
m
)
o
f
c
l
e
a
r
a
n
c
e
a
r
o
u
n
d
th  
e
e
c
hass  
i
s
.
s
r
c
t
a
g
r
ate excessive  
h
ea  
t
tha  
c
t
is drawn upward  
ns in the  
d
e
a
,
g
r
atur  
e
onditio  
a
t
o
r
r
r
the  
e
i
n
stalle  
d
i
n
t
h
e
r
o
a
r
ck.  
impair  
ble  
or upgrades.  
E
nsur  
e
tha  
t
c
ables  
f
ro  
m
r
w
t
a
c
hassis  
a
c
cess to the power  
s
l
e
s
a
y
f
ield-replace  
a
c
omponents to  
a
void  
c
t
in  
g
cable  
to  
s
u
f
e
e
a
t
le  
a
st  
3
4
f
t
c
m) of clear  
,
a
y
nce behind the ck or maintenanc  
ou ca push it back ithin foo  
he ec ssar for maintenance.  
r
a
f
w
e
a
nd  
l
of switc  
all or  
h
I
f
n
t
1
t
(30.45  
a
w
c
a
t
f
l
d
p
u
l
l
i
t
o
u
w
n
n
e
y
Lifting the Chassis Safely  
ls.com. All M  
The chassis is not intende  
is roperly repare so that you  
networ onnections.  
d
to  
b
e
c
move  
an avoid  
d
frequently. Before  
y
ou install the switch, ensure that you  
r
site  
nd  
p
p
d
m
o
ving the chassis late  
r
to accommodate power sources  
a
k
c
Whenever you lift chassis or  
Ensure that your footing is  
Lif the chassis slowly; eve  
a
a
ny heavy object,  
olid, nd balance the  
move suddenly or twist your body as you lift.  
f
ollow these guidelines:  
s
a
w
eigh of the hassis betwee  
t
c
n
your feet.  
t
n
r
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
3-3  
   
Chapte  
r
3
Inst  
allin  
g
t
h
e
S
w
i
t
c
h
Rack-  
Mounting the Switch  
K
ee  
p
your bac  
end  
k
straight  
the knees,  
a
nd lift with  
ot the  
y
w
our legs, no  
aist, to reduc  
t
y
e
our ba  
the strain on your lower  
c
k.  
I
f
y
o
u
m
u
s
t
bend dow  
back muscles.  
n
t
o
l
i
f
t
the  
c
hassis,  
b
a
t
n
a
t
A
lways disconnect ll xterna  
a
e
l
cable  
s
befor  
e
liftin  
g
o
r
moving the chassis.  
Required Installation Tools  
he ollowing tools  
T
f
a
nd  
1, numbe  
ntistatic ma or antis  
ESD grounding str  
ollowing tools nd quipment  
Rack-mount it  
Tap measure nd level  
e
quipment  
Phillips,  
tic oa  
a
re  
r
e
quire  
d
to install th  
e
chassis:  
N
A
umbe  
r
r
2
a
nd 3/16-inc  
h
f
lat-blade screwdriver  
t
t
a
f
m
Your ow  
n
a
p
o
r
the  
d
isposable  
E
SD  
s
tra  
p
included  
w
ith the system  
T
he  
f
a
e
a
re  
r
e
quire  
d
to install th  
e
c
hassis in  
a
rack  
:
k
e
a
Rack-Mounting the Catalyst 4900M Switch  
Follow these steps to install Ca lyst 4900M switc  
t
h
e
t
a
h
a
in  
a
four-post ra  
c
k.  
St  
e
p
1
Prepa  
Place the  
learance to  
se tape measur  
osts to the outsid  
48.9  
r
e
fo  
r
installation:  
hassis on the  
llow yo to move around th  
to measur th epth of th  
mounting strip. The four-post  
2.5 inche (82.5 m). If the 4-post  
se the ptiona rack-moun  
the inne dge of the left ront nd  
cm) ide The hassis is 17.5 inches  
the mounting posts.)  
standard ack-mount kit,  
a
.
c
f
loor  
o
r
on  
a
sturdy table  
s
clos  
e
a
s
possible to the ra  
c
k
.
L
e
a
ve  
e
nough  
c
a
u
e
chassis  
ack. Measure from the outsid  
ac depth mus be  
ac depth is  
.
b
.
U
p
(
a
e
e
e
r
3
e
d
e
r
e
of the front mounting  
a
g
o
f
t
h
e
r
e
a
r
k
t
t
least  
reate  
KIT=).  
1
9.2  
5
inches  
c
m)  
but not more than  
s
c
r
k
r
tha  
n
3
2
.
5
i
n
c
h
e
s
(
8
2
.
5
c
m), order and  
betwe  
(45.0  
u
o
l
t
k
i
t
(
C4900M-BKT  
S-  
c
.
Me  
a
sur th spac  
that it is 17.7 inche  
etwee  
pe th  
e
e
e
e
n
r
e
s
f
a
right front mounting posts to ensure  
5
s
9
w
.
(
c
[
4
4
.
5
c
m
]
w
ts  
ide and must fit  
re included.  
b
n
d
.
O
n
e
r
a
nd  
r
ef  
e
r
to  
T
a
ble  
3
-1 to verif  
y
t
h
a
t
a
l
l
p
a
r
a
T
a
b
le  
3-1  
Stan  
dar  
d
Rack-Mo  
un  
t
Kit Checklist  
Q
uantity  
Par  
ef  
t
Description  
Received  
1
L
t
mounting bracket  
1
Right mounting bracket  
ls.com. All M  
2
1
8
8
Re  
a
r
mountin  
g
b
rackets  
screws  
2
M
4
Phillips Flat-he  
a
d
1
1
2-2  
0-3  
4
2
x
x
3
3
/4-inc  
/4-inc  
h
h
Phillips binder-head sc  
Phillips binder-head sc  
r
r
ews  
ews  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
3-4  
7
8
-18350-02  
             
Chapter  
3
Installing  
t
heSwitch  
R
ack-  
Mounting the Switch  
No  
t
e
Figur  
ttac  
e
t
3-  
1
illustrate  
s
how to atta  
c
e
h
ra  
t
h
ck.  
e
f
ront of the switch to the  
r
a
ck.  
Y
ou  
w
e
ill also need to  
a
h
the rear of the  
s
witch to th  
St  
ep  
2
Attach the lef  
an  
d
right  
L
b
rackets us  
i
n
g
the 12 M4 Phillips pan-hea  
d
sc  
r
e
w
s
(
s
i
x
o
n
ach side) provided  
i
n
t
h
e
r
ack-mount kit.  
the rackets  
oles of the  
(
See  
F
ig ure 3-1.)  
Note tha  
mounting  
t
L
b
c
onnec  
t
the chassis to the ra  
c
k.  
Y
o
u
c
a
n
mount the  
L
bra  
c
kets to the front  
.
o
r
rear  
h
c
hassis, depending  
o
n
w
hic  
h
end is in the  
f
ront of the rack  
Not  
e
Some  
ha this fe  
installing the  
e
quipment  
r
acks provid  
onsider th  
bra  
of the ack.  
e
a
p
o
w
n
e
r
strip  
a
s
long the length of one of the  
trip when planning astene  
hether to install the chassis from the  
r
ea  
r
posts.  
I
f
t
e
h
e
rack  
ront  
s
a
ture  
,
c
e
positio  
o
f
t
h
e
f
r
points. Befor  
L
c
kets on the chassis, determine  
w
f
o
r
t
h
e
r
ea  
r
r
St  
ep  
3
Slid  
Fi  
e
t
h
e
r
e
a
r
b
r
a
c
kets into the front bra  
ac Bracket  
c
kets  
.
(Se  
e
Figur  
e
3-1.)  
g
u
r
e
3-1  
A
t
t
h
in  
g
th  
e
L
s
to  
t
h
e
Swi  
tch  
ls.com. All M  
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
3-5  
 
Chapte  
r
3
Inst  
allin  
g
t
h
e
S
w
i
t
c
h
Rack-  
Mounting the Switch  
Ste  
p
4
I
nstall th  
e
c
hassis in the ra  
th hassis in the ra  
the chassis  
mounting posts  
c
k
a
s
follo  
se  
in the front of the ra  
w
s:  
a
.
Positio  
n
e
c
c
k
(
e
Figur  
e
3-2):  
I
f
f
ront pane  
.
l
i
s
c
k, inse  
ack, insert the  
ckets ith the mounting hole  
r
t
t
h
e
r
e
a
r
of the chassis betwe  
the hassis between the  
in the quipment  
longated  
e
n
t
h
e
I
f
the rear of the chassis is in the  
f
ron  
nd  
ac  
t
o
f
t
h
e
r
f
ron  
t
o
f
c
mounting posts  
.
b
.
A
lign th mounting hole  
ck.  
Secure th  
oles in the  
se tape measur  
e
s
i
n
t
h
e
f
ron  
t
a
r
e
a
r
L
b
r
a
w
s
e
r
a
c
.
e
c
hassis using eigh  
t
(
t
w
o
o
n
e
h
flange  
)
12-24  
x
3/4-inc  
h
screw  
s
through the  
nd level.  
e
h
L
bra kets nd into the threaded hole  
c
a
s
in the mounting posts.  
d
.
U
a
e
a
nd level to nsure that the hassis is installe  
e
c
d
straigh  
t
a
Fi  
gu  
re  
3-2  
I
ns  
tal  
l
i
ng  
t
he  
Swit  
ch  
in  
t
he  
Rack  
ls.com. All M  
Ste  
p
5
A
ttac  
h
the  
c
a
ble guide to the  
r
i
g
h
t
o
r
l
e
f
t
sid  
e
of the chassis mount.  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
3-6  
7
8
-18350-02  
   
Chapter  
3
Installing  
t
heSwitch  
C
onnecting  
P
o
w
e
r
t
o
t
h
e
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Switch  
Fig  
u
r
e
3-3  
In  
st  
all  
in  
g
th  
e
Cab  
le  
Guide  
St  
ep  
6
Do not  
Switch” sectio  
c
onne  
c
t
n
the powe  
pag  
r
c
or  
d
at this time.  
Pr  
ocee  
d
to the “Conne  
c
ting Powe  
r
to the Catalys  
t
4900M  
o
n
e
3-7.  
Connecting Power to the Catalyst 4900M Switch  
llo these steps nd arnings when onne ting powe to the talyst 4900M switch  
Fo  
w
a
w
c
c
r
Ca  
:
St  
e
p
1
Prior to  
requirements describe  
grounde describe  
switc is shown in Figu  
c
onne  
c
ti  
n
g
th  
e
d
powe  
in Chapter 2,  
in the rounding  
3-4.  
r
supply to  
a
ite  
p
owe  
lanning,” have be  
quir ments” se tion on page 2-7. The grounding pa  
r
source  
,
e
nsur  
e
e
tha  
t
a
ll of the site  
p
owe  
r
an  
d
g
r
rounding  
ly  
S
P
n
met  
a
n
d
t
h
e
c
hassis is prope  
d
a
s
d
G
Re  
e
c
d
f
o
r
t
h
e
ls.c  
h
o
m. All M  
r
e
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
3-7  
   
Chapte  
r
3
Inst  
allin  
g
t
h
e
S
w
i
t
c
h
Connecting  
P
ower  
t
o
t
he  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch  
Fi  
gu  
re  
3-4  
Gr  
ou  
nd  
in  
g
Pad Location  
1
1
Grounding pad  
Warni  
ng  
T
d
he plug-socket  
isconnecting de  
c
v
om  
ice.  
b
inatio  
S
n
tatement  
must  
1
b
019  
e
a
cce  
s
sible at all tim  
e
s
because it serves as the main  
Ste  
p
2
Plug the powe  
Fi 3-5  
r
c
ord  
s
into  
t
h
e
power  
s
upplies. Refe  
r
to Figur  
e
3-  
5
for the plug location.  
gu  
re  
A
C-I  
n
pu  
t
P
o
w
e
r
S
u
p
p
l
y
1
2
3
2
1
4
5
6
1
2
3
Captive scre  
w
4
5
6
AC  
IN  
OUTPUT OK LED  
p
o
w
e
r
connection  
H
O
andle  
n/off switc  
PU  
T
O
K
L
E
D
h
ls.com. All M  
Ste  
p
3
Connec  
make sure they  
t
the other end of the power cords to an AC powe  
re on differen sourc AC ircuits.  
r
sourc  
e
.
I
f
both power supplies will be used,  
a
t
e
c
St  
e
p
p
4
5
T
u
r
n
t
h
e
p
o
w
e
r
switche to th ON osition.  
by looking  
LED is lit gree whe  
LED is lit reen  
s
e
p
Ste  
Verify power supply operatio  
n
a
t
th  
the source AC voltage is  
he the measured output  
e
power supply LEDs:  
T
he  
he OUTPUT  
per ting limit  
I
NPUT  
O
K
n
n
w
ithin operating limits.  
ro the powe supply is within  
T
o
O
K
g
w
n
D
C
f
m
r
a
s
.
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
3-8  
7
8
-18350-02  
   
Chapter  
3
Installing  
t
heSwitch  
C
onnecting DC  
-
Input  
P
o
w
e
r
t
o
t
h
e
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Switch  
St  
ep  
6
V
e
rif  
The  
The PS1 or  
may be se  
y
powe  
r
supply operation by lookin  
g
a
t
the  
the powe  
the powe supply is not  
c
hassis front panel power supply LEDs:  
supply nd ans re functioning normally.  
unctioning normally. The on/of  
supply may be defective  
re  
PS1 or PS2 LED is lit gree  
n
whe  
n
r
a
f
a
PS2 LED is lit re  
d
w
he  
n
r
f
f
switch  
nd  
t
t
o
o
f
f
while the power supply is plugged in, or the powe  
lso be fa il  
r
a
not providing DC power to the switch. There may  
The S1 or PS2 LED is ff when the is no powe  
console nte show power omman  
more information on this ommand, se  
release  
If LEDs or show power command indic  
Troubleshooting the nstallation,” or troubleshootin  
a
a
n
f
a
u
.
P
o
r
e
r
supply installed.  
to displa the powe  
the command ef renc pub ic tion fo  
From the syste  
m
,
e
r
th  
e
c
d
y
e
r
s
upply and system status.  
your softwar  
Fo  
r
c
e
r
e
l
a
r
e
.
t
h
e
a
te  
a
p
ow  
e
r
o
r
o
t
h
e
r
s
ystem problem, se  
e
Chapte  
r
4,  
I
f
g
information.  
Connecting DC-Input Power to the Catalyst 4900M Switch  
Befor  
requirements describe  
grounde as describe  
e
you connect the power supply to  
a
power  
s
ourc  
e
,
e
nsur  
e
e
that  
met  
on pag  
a
ll of the site powe  
nd the  
2-7.  
r
a
nd  
g
r
rounding  
ly  
d
in Chapter 2,  
S
i
t
e
P
l
a
n
n
i
n
g
,
h
a
v
e
b
e
n
n
a
c
hassis is prope  
d
d
in the “Grounding Requirements” sectio  
e
W
a
rn  
rn  
i
n
g
g
Before performing any of the followin  
tatement 1003  
g
procedures, en  
s
u
re that power is removed from  
t
he DC circuit.  
S
W
a
i
n
This unit is intended for installatio  
access nly through the use  
tatement 1017  
n
i
n
restricted access areas.  
A
re  
st  
ricte  
d
acce  
ss  
a
re  
a
c
a
n
b
e
e
d
o
o
f
a
special tool, loc  
k
a
nd key, or othe  
r
me  
ans  
o
f
security.  
S
W
a
rn  
rn  
i
n
g
g
This product requires  
installation. Install only in accordance with nationa  
s
h
ort-circuit (overcurrent) protection, to be provide  
d
a
s
part  
o
S
f
th  
e
b
tatement 104  
uildin  
g
5
l
and local wiring regulations.  
W
a
i
n
Hazardous voltage or energy may be present on DC powe  
terminals are not in rvice. re unin lated conductors are not acces  
place. tatement 075  
r
terminals.  
A
lway replace cover when  
s
se  
B
e
su  
su  
sible when cover is in  
S
1
ls.c  
T
o
c
on  
o
ne  
c
t
sourc  
e
D
C
t
m
o
the DC-input powe  
r
su  
.
p
ply  
,
perform the  
All M  
following steps:  
sour DC ircuit  
St  
ep  
1
Set the  
powe supply tha  
p
o
w
e
r
switc  
h
yo  
or  
u
c
ircuit breake  
installing.  
r
t
o
t
h
e
o
f
f
(0  
)
p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
o
n
t
h
e
c
e
c
t
h
at feeds the  
r
t
ar  
e
As  
bre  
restoration  
a
a
n
a
dde recaution  
ker or lac piec  
hile yo  
that the powe  
d
p
,
e
plac the appropriate saf  
adhes ve tape ove the  
workin ircuit.  
switch is in the of  
e
e
t
y
f
l
a
g
a
nd lockout devices  
a
t
the sourc power circuit  
e
,
p
e
a
o
f
i
r
c
ircuit breake  
r
handle to prevent  
a
ccidental power  
w
u
ar  
e
g
o
n
th  
e
f
c
St  
ep  
2
V
e
rif  
y
r
(0  
)
position  
o
n
th  
e
p
o
w
e
r
s
u
p
p
l
y
t
h
a
t
y
o
u
a
r
e
i
n
s
t
a
l
l
i
n
g
.
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
3-9  
   
Chapte  
r
3
Inst  
allin  
g
t
h
e
S
w
i
t
c
h
C
onnecting DC  
-
I
nput  
3
P
o
w
e
r
t
o
t
h
e
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch  
St  
e
p
Remove the  
t
e
r
minal  
the same time use  
to release the  
side. (Se Figur  
b
lock cove  
r
by simultaneously  
s
queezing the top and bottom sides  
o
e
lock  
f
the  
c
over,  
l
t
a
nd  
bloc  
th  
a
c
c
t
,
a
fingernail to  
ove  
3-6.)  
c
a
refully  
p
ry up on the top an  
d
of  
bottom clip  
s
o
n
l
th  
b
termina  
k
e
ove  
ove  
r
r
c
r
from the terminal block. Pull the cove  
r
f
of the termina  
a
n
d
s
e
a
e
e
Fi  
gu  
re  
3-6  
Rem  
ovi  
ng  
t
he  
T
er  
m
i
n
a
l
B
l
oc  
k
Cover  
2
1
3
1
2
Termina  
Termina  
l
l
bloc  
bloc  
k
k
c
ove  
r
3
Termina  
l
bloc  
k
c
ove  
r
clip  
St  
e
p
p
p
4
5
6
U
sing  
a
5/16-inc  
h
nutdriver, loose  
n
and  
r
emove th  
e
fou  
nd lockwashe  
lugs to the source DC bles.  
r
n
ut  
a
nd lockwashe  
r
pair  
s
o
n
the terminal block  
p
osts. Se  
sing  
terminal.  
ttac ppropriate typ  
t
th  
e
nuts  
a
nd lockwashers  
a
side.  
Ste  
U
a
n
M
4
n
utdr  
i
v
e
r
,
l
o
o
s
e
n
a
n
d
r
emove the nu  
t
a
r
f
rom the powe  
r
supply ground  
Ste  
A
h
a
e
a
n
d
s
i
z
e
d
ca  
No  
t
e
The lugs ar  
separately. See Figure 3-  
e
n
ot supplie  
d
7
as part of th  
e
c
hassis  
a
c
cessor  
y
kit; you need to pur  
uitably-siz  
c
p
has  
owe  
e
the  
m
f
or the physica  
l
d
imensions of  
a
s
e
d
D
C
r
c
a
b
l
e
l
u
g
.
ls.com. All M  
T
h
e
l
u
g
s
must have  
:
Two hole  
s
w
i
t
h
0
.
6
2
0
.
0
2
-
inc  
h
spacing betwee  
n
the hole centers to  
a
ccommodate the power supply  
terminal posts  
0-degree bend in the barr  
Suitable owe  
.
A
9
e
l
t
o
a
l
l
o
w
t
h
e
s
o
u
r
c
e
D
C
c
a
bles to exit th  
e
terminal block.  
D
C
p
r
cable lugs include  
:
For  
For  
4
6
AWG-siz  
AWG-siz  
e
e
d
d
cable—P  
a
nduit  
nduit  
L
CD4-14A  
F
-
L
or Burndy  
YA  
4C-2L-9  
0
cable—Pa  
L
CD6-14AF-L  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
3-10  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Chapter  
3
Installing  
t
heSwitch  
C
onnecting DC  
-
Input  
P
o
w
e
r
t
o
t
h
e
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Switch  
Fi  
gu  
re  
3-7  
D
C
Po  
wer Cab  
le  
Lug  
Dimensions  
.25 in  
(6.35 mm)  
0.62 in  
(15.75 mm)  
0.22 in  
(5.588 mm)  
0.50 in  
(12.7 mm)  
0.34 in  
(8.64 mm)  
0.27 in  
(6.858 mm)  
Beveled wire entry  
0.81 in  
(20.574 mm)  
1.16 in  
(29.464 mm)  
90 degrees +/-  
5
degrees  
0.09 in  
(2.29 mm)  
1.25 in  
(31.75 mm)  
1.47 in  
(37.3 mm)  
Not  
e
T
he sourc  
e
DC cable  
s
a
nd the termina  
l
bloc  
k
lugs should be sized  
se only opper  
a
c
cording to loca  
.
l
a
nd national  
installation requirements  
a
nd electrical  
c
odes.  
U
c
w
ire  
ls.com. All M  
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
3-11  
 
Chapte  
r
3
Inst  
allin  
g
t
h
e
S
w
i
t
c
h
C
onnecting DC  
-
I
nput  
7
P
o
w
e
r
t
o
t
h
e
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Switch  
St  
e
p
p
A
ttac  
h
the  
a
ppropria  
ble to  
be ithe  
supplie  
bles to the temina  
owe  
to se ure the sourc  
t
e
siz  
e
lug to the sourc  
ccommodate th  
straight or ent  
part of th  
e
D
C
groun  
mm round post.  
nec ssary.  
hassis cessor  
bloc in this orde  
supply ground termina  
DC ground wire.  
d
w
ire  
.
T
he lug must have:  
A
s
ingle hole  
a
a
e
4
g
T
h
e
b
a
r
re  
lu  
l
c
a
n
e
r
b
a
s
e
T
he groun  
d
g
i
s
n
o
t
d
a
s
e
c
a
c
y
kit;  
y
ou need to pur  
ig ure 3-8):  
post. Slide the lockwashe  
not vertighte  
c
h
a
s
e
i
t
s
epa  
r
ately  
.
St  
e
8
Connec  
t
the sourc  
e
D
C
c
a
l
k
r
(
see  
F
Positio  
th roun  
15 in-lbs (1.7 Nm)  
n
the ground cable lug on the  
p
r
l
r
over  
e
g
d
p
o
s
t
a
n
d
t
i
g
h
t
e
n
t
h
e
n
u
t
c
e
D
o
o
n
t
h
e
n
u
t
.
(
)
Positio the negative  
th lockwasher ove  
ot overtighte the nuts  
the positive  
ove  
the nuts  
n
(
–) source  
th te minal posts  
(3 in-lbs 3.6 Nm))  
D
C
cable lug on the power supply  
a
(
n
egative  
(
–) termina  
l
posts.  
Slide  
e
s
n
r
e
.
r
5
nd tighten the nuts to secure  
the source lug to the posts. Do  
n
Positio  
n
(
+
)
sourc ab lug to the powe  
te minal posts nd ighten the nuts to secure  
(3 in-lbs 3.6 Nm))  
e
D
C
c
l
e
r
supply positive (+) termina  
l
p
osts. Slide  
th  
e
lockwasher  
s
n
r
th  
e
r
a
t
the source lug to the posts. Do  
n
ot overtighte  
.
5
(
No  
t
e
The terminal  
an negative  
eplate separate  
b
(
lock on the 1000  
–) bottom two posts).  
rom the te minal block.  
W
D
C
T
-
inpu  
g
t
powe  
r
supply is labeled positive(+)  
(
t
o
p
two posts  
)
d
c
(
h
e
r
o
u
n
d
post is locate  
d
o
n
t
h
e
DC-input power supply  
fa  
,
f
r
Fi  
gu  
re  
3-8  
A
tt  
ac  
h
i
ng  
t
he  
Sou  
rc  
e
D
C
Cab  
les  
to  
t
he  
Power Supply  
1
2
3
ls.com. All M  
1
2
Sourc  
Sourc  
e
e
DC positive (+)  
DC negative (–)  
c
able  
ble  
3
Sourc  
e
DC ground cable  
c
a
Ste  
p
9
Route the tw  
terminal block, and snap the cove  
ottom clips on the termina lock  
o
source DC cable  
s
o
r
ut of the te  
into pla e. (Se  
ove hav fully  
r
minal block, position the termina  
Figur 3-9.) Make sur tha  
ngage the tabs on the terminal block.  
l
b
l
o
ck  
c
ove  
p
r
over the  
c
e
e
e
t
both the to  
a
n
d
t
h
e
b
l
b
c
r
e
e
d
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
3-12  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Chapter  
3
Installing  
t
heSwitch  
C
onnecting DC  
-
Input  
P
o
w
e
r
t
o
t
h
e
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Switch  
Ca  
u
t
i
on  
T
o
prevent shor  
t
c
ircuit or shock ha  
z
ar  
d
after  
w
irin  
g
th  
e
DC-input powe  
r
supply, you must reinstall the  
t
e
r
m
i
n
a
l
b
l
o
c
k
cover.  
Fig  
u
r
e
3-9  
Rein  
st  
all  
in  
g
th  
e
T
er  
m
in  
a
l
B
l
o
ck  
Cover  
2
1
1
T
e
r
minal bloc  
k
c
over  
2
Te r min al bloc k  
St  
ep  
10 Remove any safety  
handle nd restor  
f
lag  
a
nd lockout device  
s
or  
a
ny tape from the sourc  
e
D
C
c
ircuit breaker switch  
position  
,
a
e
power by moving the  
c
ircuit breake  
r
switch handle to the on (|  
)
.
St  
St  
e
p
11 Turn the 1000 DC-input supply on/off switch to  
12 rif tha the owe supply operation is orre by looking at the powe  
LEDs:  
W
ON.  
ep  
V
e
y
t
p
r
c
c
t
r
supply  
th  
power  
f
ront panel power supply  
powe supply is ithin  
upply re within  
T
h
e
I
N
P
U
T
O
K
L
E
D
is  
g
reen  
w
hen the source DC voltage measured  
a
t
e
r
w
specifications.  
The OUT  
specifications.  
P
U
T
OK  
L
ED is gree  
n
whe the voltage provide by  
n
s
d
t
h
e
s
a
ls.com. All M  
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
3-13  
 
Chapte  
r
3
Inst  
allin  
g
t
h
e
S
w
i
t
c
h
Optical Connections  
You should  
a
lso  
c
hec  
k
L
L
L
the  
ED is green.  
ED is re when the powe  
ED is off whe the power supply is not  
nter the show powe ommand to  
on this command, see the ommand re  
c
hassis front pane  
l
L
EDs:  
T
T
T
he PS1 or PS2  
he PS1 or PS2  
he PS1 or PS2  
d
r
s
u
p
p
l
y
i
s
n
ot  
f
unctionin  
onne ted to  
owe  
erence publication  
g
n
ormally  
.
n
c
c
a
p
o
w
e
r
source  
supply an syste status.  
or our software  
.
From the syste  
For more informatio  
m
c
onsole,  
n
e
r
c
d
isplay the  
p
r
d
m
c
f
f
y
r
I
e
f
l
e
a
se.  
the LED  
s
or show powe  
r
c
omman  
d
indicate  
a
power proble  
m
o
r
o
t
h
e
r
system  
p
roblem, se  
e
Ch  
a
p
t
e
r
4
,
“Troubleshootin  
g
the Installation,” for troubleshooting information.  
Optical Connections  
he isco 900M  
T
C
4
s
witc  
h
ha  
s
up to 24 ports that  
t:  
c
a
n
be configure  
d
with X2 module  
s
with SC  
c
onne  
c
tors  
.
Module types supported  
a
re documented  
a
h
6
ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/interfac  
974.html  
e
s_modules/transceiver_modules/compatibility/matrix/OL_  
re at:  
s_modules/transceiver_modules/installation/no  
onverter module ca be ound t:  
hes/lan/catalyst3750e_3560e/hardwar /insta  
G
eneric conne  
c
tion instruction  
s
f
o
r
t
h
e
X2 modules  
a
h
9
ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/interfac  
e
t
e
/OL_235  
8
I
nstallatio  
n
d
ocumentation  
f
o
r
C
i
s
c
o
T
winGig  
c
s
n
f
a
h
ttp://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/swit  
c
e
ll/notes/1757202.h  
tml  
Configurable Modules  
A
ll Catalyst  
arrange switching modu  
switching module has be  
knowledge the resence or  
intervention.  
4
900M modules support hot swapping,  
without turnin off the syste  
installe or moved, it runs diagnostic  
bsence of the module nd esume  
w
hic  
h
m
l
e
p
ts you install,  
ower. hen th  
nd discover  
syste peration with no operator  
r
e
e
move, replace  
syste dete  
tests utomatically,  
,
a
nd  
r
e
l
n
e
s
g
W
a
m
c
t
s
t
h
a
t
a
e
d
r
e
y
a
a
c
s
p
a
,
a
r
s
m
o
T
his section describe  
Required Tools, pag  
Removing Switching Modules, page  
nstalling Switching Modu pag 3-17  
s
the  
f
ollowing topics:  
ls.c  
o
e
3
m. All M  
-
15  
3
-15  
I
l
e
s
,
e
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
3-14  
7
8
-18350-02  
   
Chapter  
3
Installing  
t
heSwitch  
C
onfigur  
a
ble  
Modules  
Required Tools  
ou  
Y
w
i
l
l
n
e
e
d
1
h
these tools to install switching module  
nd number Phillips screwdriver for the  
flat-blade screwdrive or the ptive installatio  
or ntistati foam  
or other rounding device  
s
in the Catalyst 4900M serie switches:  
s
Number  
3/16-inc  
a
2
s
c
aptive installation screws  
r
f
c
a
n
screw  
s
Antistatic ma  
Wrist stra  
t
a
c
p
g
Not  
e
Whenever you handle switching modules, use  
damage  
a
wris  
t
strap  
o
r
othe  
r
grounding devic  
e
to prevent ESD  
.
Removing Switching Modules  
W
a
rn  
rn  
rn  
i
n
g
g
g
Invisible laser radiation  
m
ay be emitted fro  
m
m
disconnected fibers or connectors  
.
D
o
n
ot stare into  
b
e
a
ms  
o
r
v
i
e
w
d
i
r
e
c
t
l
y
w
i
t
h
o
p
t
i
c
a
l
i
n
s
t
r
u
ents. Statement 1051  
W
a
i
n
Hazardous voltage or energy is  
when servicing. Statemen 1034  
p
resen  
t
o
n
th  
e
b
ackplane whe  
n
th  
e
system is operating. Use caution  
t
W
a
i
n
V
oltages that present  
interconnections re made using unins  
Avoid using such interconnection thods, unless the exposed  
re tricte ccess locatio nd users and servic eopl wh re authorized within th  
access location re made ware of the hazard. restricted acce area ca be access  
the use of special tool, lock and key or other ans security.  
a
shock hazard may exis  
t
on Power  
o
ve  
r
Etherne  
t
(PoE) circuits if  
a
u
lated exposed  
metal contacts, conductors, or terminals.  
me  
m
e
tal  
p
arts are locate  
d
e
d
within  
restricted  
only through  
a
s
d
a
n
a
a
e
p
e
o
a
a
A
ss  
n
e
a
me  
o
f
S
tatement 1072  
Ca  
u
t
i
on  
T
o
prevent ESD damage, handle switch  
i
n
g
module  
s
by  
t
h
e
c
arrie  
r
e
dges only.  
ls.com. All M  
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
3-15  
   
Chapte  
r
3
Inst  
allin  
g
t
h
e
S
w
i
t
c
h
Configurable  
Modules  
To remove  
a
switching module from  
ny network in face cable  
aptive installation sc ews. (Se  
Sc ews an  
a
Catalys  
attached to the ports on th  
Figur 3-10.)  
ec  
t
4900M serie  
s
s
witch, pe  
r
for  
m
th  
e
following steps:  
St  
e
p
p
1
2
D
isconnect  
a
t
e
r
s
e
switching module tha you intend  
t
to  
r
emove  
.
Ste  
L
oose  
n
the  
c
r
e
e
Fi  
gu  
re  
3-10  
Cap  
t
i
ve  
I
ns  
tal  
l
at  
i
o
n
r
d
Ej  
t
or  
Levers  
2
2
1
1
1
Captive scre  
rasp the le  
w
2
Ejector lever  
St  
e
p
p
p
3
4
5
G
f
t
a
nd  
r
i
g
h
t
e
j
e
c
t
o
r
levers  
,
a
nd simultaneously pivot th  
e
leve  
r
s
d
o
w
nwa  
r
d
to  
release the  
switching module from the ba  
rasp the ron panel  
to suppor nd guid  
Care  
c
kplane  
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
.
Ste  
G
f
t
o
f
the switchin  
it out of the slot. not touc the printe  
g
module with one hand, an  
d
c
place you  
ircuit boa  
r
r
other hand under the ca  
ds or the connector ins.  
r
rie  
r
t
a
e
D
o
h
d
p
Ste  
f
u
l
l
y
p
u
l
l
t
h
e
s
w
i
t
c
h
i
n
g
m
o
d
u
l
e
s
t
r
a
i
g
h
t
o
u
t
of the slot, keeping  
y
our othe  
r
h
a
n
d
u
n
d
e
r
t
h
e
c
a
r
r
i
e
r
to  
g
u
i
d
e
i
t
.
ls.com. All M  
Ste  
p
6
Place the switch  
slot.  
i
n
g
module  
o
n
an  
a
ntistatic mat or antistatic  
f
oam, or immediately install it in another  
Ste  
p
7
I
f
the slot is to  
r
emain empty,  
install  
a
s
witching-module filler plate  
.
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
3-16  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Chapter  
3
Installing  
t
heSwitch  
C
onfigur  
a
ble  
Modules  
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
Blan  
hazardous voltages and currents inside the chassis  
that igh disrupt other equipm nt; and they direct the flo  
operate the system unle ll ard faceplates, front overs  
029  
k
f
aceplates  
a
nd cover  
p
anels  
s
e
rve three important functions: they pre  
the contain lectromagnetic interference (EM  
of cooling air throug the chassis. no  
an rea covers are in place.  
v
e
nt  
exposure to  
;
y
e
I
)
t
t
m
t
e
w
h
Do  
s
s
a
c
s
,
c
,
d
r
Statemen  
1
Installing Switching Modules  
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
Invisible laser radiation  
may be emitted fro  
m
disconnected fibers or connectors.  
D
o
n
ot stare into  
b
e
a
m
s
o
r
v
i
e
w
d
i
r
e
c
t
l
y
w
i
t
h
o
p
t
i
c
a
l
i
n
s
t
r
u
m
ents  
.
Statement  
1051  
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
V
oltages that present  
interconnections re made using unins  
Avoid using such interconnection thods, unless the exposed  
re tricte ccess locatio nd users and servic eopl wh re authorized within th  
access location re made ware of the hazard. restricted acce area ca be access  
the use of special tool, lock and key or other ans security.  
a
shock hazard may exis  
t
on Power  
me  
o
v
e
r
Ethernet (PoE) circuits if  
a
u
lated exposed  
tal contacts, conductors, or terminals.  
me  
me  
tal  
p
arts are locate  
d
e
within  
restricted  
only throug  
a
s
d
a
n
a
e
p
e
o
a
a
a
A
ss  
n
e
d
h
a
me  
o
f
Statement 1072  
Ca  
u
t
i
on  
T
o
prevent ESD damage, handle switch  
i
n
g
module  
s
by  
t
h
e
c
arrie  
r
e
dges only.  
T
o
install swit hing module in Catalyst 4900M serie  
a
c
a
s
switch,  
p
erform the following steps:  
St  
e
p
1
2
T
a
ke th  
Choose  
any in  
Loosen the captive installation screw  
switching module) to th desire slot.  
Remove the switching-module fille plate  
fille plate or future use you re removing  
Switching Modules” section on page -15.  
install the ne switching module, grasp the switching-module front pane  
your othe and unde the arrie to suppor the switching module show  
the printe circuit oards or onnector pins.  
e
necessary pr  
slot fo the  
face equipment that you  
e
cautions to prevent ESD damag  
e
as described in Appendix  
Ensure that yo ave nough cle ranc  
irectly to the switching module ports.  
switching-module fille plate or the existin  
B
a
nd in Chapter 2.  
St  
St  
St  
ep  
a
r
n
ew switchin  
g
module  
.
u
h
e
a
e
t
o
a
c
c
o
m
m
o
d
a
t
e
t
e
r
w
ill conne  
c
t
d
ep  
3
4
s
t
h
at secure th  
e
r
(
g
e
d
ep  
r
(
o
r
t
h
e
e
xisting switch  
i
n
g
module). Save the  
s
witching-module  
Removing  
r
f
.
I
f
a
a
n
existing switching module  
,
se  
e
th  
e
3
St  
ep  
5
T
o
w
l
w
ith one hand,  
a
nd place  
touc  
r
h
r
c
r
t
,
a
s
n
in Figur  
e
3-11. Do no  
t
h
d
b
c
ls.com. All M  
St  
ep  
6
Align the edges of the  
Fi ure 3-11.  
c
ircuit board  
w
i
t
h
t
h
e
slot guide  
s
on the sides of th  
e
switc  
h
c
hass  
i
s
,
a
s
shown in  
g
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
3-17  
 
Chapte  
r
3
Inst  
allin  
g
t
h
e
S
w
i
t
c
h
Configurable  
Modules  
Fi  
gu  
re  
3-11  
I
ns  
tal  
l
i
ng  
t
he  
Swit  
c
h
i
ng  
M
od  
ul  
e
i
n
th  
e
Chass  
is  
1
1
1
Captive screw  
St  
e
p
p
7
8
Care  
f
ully slide the switching module into the  
nd the module is seate in  
s
lot  
u
ntil  
b
o
t
h
e
j
e
c
t
o
r
l
e
v
e
r
s
e
n
g
a
g
e
t
h
e
c
h
a
s
s
i
s
s
i
d
e
s
e
qually  
a
d
t
h
e
backplane.  
Ste  
U
se  
e
a
pla  
screwdrive  
r
t
o
t
i
g
h
t
e
n
the  
c
aptive installation sc  
r
e
w
s
o
n
e
ac  
h
e
nd of the switching module  
f
ac  
t
e
.
T
o
c
h
e
c
k
the status of th  
e
module  
,
p
erform the following steps:  
St  
e
p
p
1
2
E
nsur  
he  
ew module  
the module is no  
vice representative.  
e
tha  
the switch is online, ente  
nd that the module’s status is liste  
per ti na reseat it. the module is still not operational, contac  
t
th  
e
ST  
A
T
US LED is gree  
n
(
module  
ule  
as goo  
o
per  
ommand.  
th  
ational).  
Ste  
W
n
n
r
the show mo  
d
c
V
e
e
c
rif  
omman  
y
t
h
a
t
t
h
e
s
ystem  
a
cknowledges the  
a
d
d
i
n
d
o
utput.  
Ste  
p
3
I
f
t
o
a
o
l
,
I
f
t
your customer  
ls.com. All M  
se  
r
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
3-18  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Chapter  
3
Installing  
t
heSwitch  
R
emovi  
ng  
a
nd  
R
eplacing  
t
he  
P
o
w
e
r
S
u
p
p
l
y
Removing and Replacing the Power Supply  
This section esc ibes how to remove nd install the AC nd DC-input power supplies. his information  
d
r
a
a
T
is presented in the following sections:  
Require  
d
T
ools, page  
Powe Supply, page 3-19  
ower upply, page 3-20  
3
-19  
Removin  
g
a
r
Installing  
a
P
S
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
e
Hazardous voltage or energy is  
when servicing. Statemen 1034  
p
resen  
t
o
n
th  
e
b
ackplane whe  
n
th  
e
system is operating. Use caution  
t
Loc  
a
te your powe  
r
supply and notice the location of the captive installation screws.  
Not  
The powe  
r
supplie  
s
a
re hot-swappable, so in redundant mod  
e
yo  
u
will no  
t
n
ee  
d
to power dow  
n
the switch  
to replace most powe  
replacement.  
r
supplies. In ombine mode some slots ma  
c
d
y
lose power during power  
supply  
Required Tools  
ou  
Y
w
i
l
l
n
e
e
d
a
flathe  
a
d
o
r
Phillips screwdrive  
r
o
r
5
/
1
6
n
ut  
d
rive  
r
or socke  
t
to perform these  
procedures.  
Removing  
a
Power Supply  
llo these steps to  
Fo  
w
r
e
move  
a
power supply  
(O position.  
:
St  
ep  
1
S
e
t
t
h
e
p
ow  
e
r
switc  
h
t
o
t
h
e
o
f
f
)
Ca  
u
t
i
on  
F
o
r
DC installations, the DC powe  
r
sour  
c
e
or  
p
ane  
l
bre  
a
ker should be powe  
supply  
r
e
d
d
o
w
n
befor  
e
disconne  
c
tin  
g
input powe  
r
c
a
bles  
f
rom the 1000W DC powe  
r
.
St  
St  
e
p
2
3
Disconne  
c
t
th  
e
p
o
w
e
r
c
o
r
d
o
r
c
o
r
d
s
f
ro  
m
the power supply being removed.  
ep  
Loos en the captive screws.  
ls.com. All M  
Ca  
u
t
i
on  
Use both hands to remove  
a
powe  
r
supply.  
St  
ep  
4
Grasp the powe  
r
supply handle  
s
a
nd pull the powe  
r
supply out an inc  
h
t
o
u
n
s
e
a
t
the backplan  
e
connections. Plac  
e
o
ne hand underneath to support the bottom of the powe  
r
supply.  
St  
ep  
5
Pull th powe supply out of th  
e
r
e
b
a
y
a
n
d
s
e
t
i
t
a
s
i
d
e
.
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
3-19  
       
Chapte  
r
3
Inst  
allin  
g
t
h
e
S
w
i
t
c
h
R
emov  
i
ngand  
R
e
p
l
a
c
i
n
g
t
h
e
Power  
Suppl  
y
Warni  
ng  
B
h
lank faceplates an  
azardou ltages  
that might isrup othe  
perate the sy te  
Statemen 1029  
d
c
over panels serve thre  
e
importan  
chassis; they  
irect the flow  
faceplates, front covers  
t
c
function  
ontain electro  
cooling ir through the  
nd rear covers  
s
:
they prevent exposure  
agnetic interferenc  
hass  
re in place.  
t
o
s
v
d
o
a
nd  
c
e
urrents inside th  
quipment; an the  
ll ard  
e
y
m
e
(EMI)  
t
m
r
d
d
o
,
f
a
c
i
s
.
D
o
n
o
t
o
s
unless  
a
c
s
,
a
a
t
Ste  
p
6
I
f
the powe  
e
r
supply bay is to remain empty, install  
a
s
blank power supply fille  
and tighten the with  
r
sc  
plate ove the opening.  
r
S
e
c
u
r
e
t
h
f
i
l
l
e
r
p
l
a
t
e
w
i
t
h
t
h
e
t
w
o
m
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
s
c
r
e
w
m
a
r
ewdrive  
r
.
Installing  
Warn  
a
Power Supply  
i
ng  
T
d
he plug-socket  
isconnecting de  
c
v
om  
ice.  
b
inatio  
S
n
tatement  
must  
1
b
019  
e
a
cce  
s
sible at all tim  
e
s
,
b
ecau  
se  
it  
serves as the main  
Follow these steps to install  
a
power supply:  
Ste  
p
1
Make sure that the power  
s
upply you  
a
re installing is not connecte  
d
to  
a
powe  
r
sour  
c
e
an  
d
that  
a
power  
c
o
r
d
i
s
n
o
t
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
e
d
t
o
t
h
e
p
o
w
e
r
s
u
p
p
l
y
.
St  
e
p
p
2
3
L
o
o
s
e
n
t
h
e
t
w
o
P
h
i
l
l
i
p
s
-
h
e
a
d
s
c
r
e
w
s
f
r
o
m
t
h
e
p
o
w
e
r
supply fille  
r
plate (if  
a
fille  
r
plate is present)  
.
Ste  
Remove the powe supply fille  
r
r
plate (if one is pr  
e
sen  
t
)
an  
d
s
e
t
i
t
a
s
i
d
e
.
Ca  
u
t
i
o
n
4
U
s
e
b
o
t
h
h
and  
s
to  
g
rasp  
a
power  
s
upply.  
St  
e
p
G
rasp  
a
powe  
r
supply handle  
w
ith one hand. Place  
y
p
our othe  
owe  
r
hand underneath  
t
o
suppor  
t
the bottom of  
venly to  
supply  
th  
e
powe  
r
supply  
.
St  
e
p
5
Slide the power supply  
orre ly se th powe  
a
lm  
o
st  
a
ll the wa  
c
y
i
n
t
o
t
h
e
r
supply bay. Press with both thu  
m
b
s
e
c
c
t
a
t
e
r
supply into the  
onnections inside.  
St  
St  
St  
e
p
p
p
6
7
8
U
sing sc ewdriver tighte  
Make sure the power supply power switc  
Before ou connect the owe supply to  
quirements have bee met.  
Plug the powe ord cords into the powe  
the other end of the power cor to  
a
r
,
n
the tw captive installation screw  
is in the off osition (O).  
powe source, ensure tha  
o
s
o
n
the  
f
ron  
t
pane  
l
o
f
t
h
e
p
owe  
r
.
e
h
p
e
y
p
r
a
r
t
a
ll  
s
ite powe  
r
and grounding  
r
e
n
St  
e
p
p
9
r
c
o
r
r
supply.  
Ste  
1
0
C
o
n
n
e
c
t
d
a
power input source.  
ls.com. All M  
Ca  
u
t
i
o
n
I
e
n
a
syste  
ven of  
ove cur  
m
with multiple  
p
o
u
ac  
w
re  
h
e
,
r
supplies,  
if th second source is still  
power onnection.  
c
onnect  
e
ac  
h
p
owe  
a
r
v
supply to  
a
separate  
p
o
w
e
r
s
o
u
r
c
e
.
I
n
t
h
e
t
a
power  
s
ourc  
e
f
f
a
il  
e
a
ilable, it ca  
n
mainta  
in maximum  
r
r
ent protection  
or  
e
c
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
3-20  
7
8
-18350-02  
       
Chapter  
3
Installing  
t
heSwitch  
Removing and  
Replacing the  
F
an  
A
s
s
embly  
St  
St  
e
p
11 Press the power  
12 rif powe supply operation by checking the powe  
following:  
s
witc  
h
t
o
t
h
e
o
n
(
|
)
position.  
ep  
V
e
y
r
r
supply’s front-panel LEDs. You should see the  
The LED labeled  
I
NPUT  
UTPU  
nd syste  
more information on this ommand,  
LEDs or show power command output  
Chapter “Troubleshooting the Installation,”  
O
K
is gre  
OK is green.  
status from th  
efer to the  
en.  
The LED labeled  
O
T
St  
St  
e
p
13 Chec  
Fo  
k
the power supply  
a
m
e
syste  
m
c
onsole  
b
y
e
e
ntering show powe  
publication for your switch.  
r
command  
.
r
c
r
c
ommand referenc  
ep  
1
4
I
f
t
h
e
i
n
dicate  
a
e
powe  
information.  
r
proble  
m
or other system problem, see  
4
,
f
o
r
m
o
r
Removing and Replacing the Fan Assembly  
This sectio  
n
d
esc  
r
i
b
e
s
h
o
w
t
o
r
e
m
o
v
e
a
n
d
install the fa  
n
assembly.  
Required Tools  
ou  
Y
w
i
l
l
n
e
e
d
a
Phillips screwdr  
ive  
r
for the following two procedures.  
Removing the Fan Assembly  
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
When remov  
fan blades co  
i
ng the fan tra  
y
,
kee  
p
you  
r
hands an  
d
e
fingers awa  
y
fa tray. tatement 258  
fro  
m
the  
sp  
innin  
g
fa  
n
blades. Let the  
mpletely stop before you rem  
o
ve  
th  
n
S
Ca  
u
t
i
on  
Never ope  
r
ate the syste  
m
f
or an extende  
d
pe  
r
iod if the fa  
n
a
ssembly is removed or if it is not functioning  
properly. An over-temperature  
c
ondition ca  
n
c
ause severe equipment damage.  
T
o
r
e
m
o
v
e
t
h
e
e
xisting fa  
n
a
ssembly,  
perform the  
f
ollowin  
g
s
teps:  
St  
St  
e
p
1
2
Loosen the two captive installation screw  
s
on the  
pull it outward; gently move it side to  
Slide it out of th hassis nd place it in saf pla e.  
f
an  
a
ssembly by turning them  
c
ounte  
r
clockwise.  
if ne essar to  
ep  
Grasp the fa  
n
assembly  
w
ith both hands an  
d
s
i
d
e
c
y
u
n
s
e
a
t
i
t
f
r
o
m
t
h
e
b
a
c
kplane  
.
e
c
a
a
e
c
ls.com. All M  
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
3-21  
                             
Chapte  
r
3
Inst  
allin  
g
t
h
e
S
w
i
t
c
h
R
emov  
i
ngand  
R
eplacing the Fan Assembly  
Installing the Fan Assembly  
To install the new  
f
a
n
a
ssembly, perfor  
m
the following steps:  
St  
e
p
p
1
2
H
old the  
Place the  
li htly  
Slide the  
hassis.  
sing  
f
an  
an  
aligning the to  
an sse ly into the  
a
ssembly with the captive screws on the left.  
ssemb into the fa ssembly ba so it sts on the chassis,  
nd bottom uides.  
hassis until the two  
Ste  
f
a
l
y
n
a
y
r
e
a
nd then lift the fa  
ews make onta  
turning them ckwise  
n
a
ssembly  
ith th  
u
p
s
g
,
p
a
g
Ste  
p
p
3
4
f
a
mb  
c
c
a
ptive installation sc  
r
c
c
t
w
e
c
Ste  
U
a
sc  
r
ewdriver  
,
tighte  
n
t
h
e
t
w
o
captive installation screw  
s
b
y
c
l
o
.
Verifying the Installation  
No To chec the operatio  
t
e
k
n
o
f
t
h
e
f
a
n
s
,
y
o
u
n
ee  
d
to powe  
cor  
the  
r
up the chassis.  
ectly perform the following steps:  
To verify that the new fa  
n
a
ssembly was installe  
d
r
,
Ste  
p
1
L
isten  
th an assembly is inse  
anel.  
f
or the fans; you should imm  
e
diately  
h
ea  
r
m
operating. If  
y
ou do not hear them, ensure that  
sh ith the switc ack  
e
f
r
ted completely in the chassis  
a
nd that the faceplate is  
f
l
u
w
h
b
p
St  
e
p
p
2
3
T
he an tray LE  
fte several  
instanc if the captive installation screws do not  
or ssistance.  
f
D
should  
b
e
l
i
t
g
r
e
e
n
.
Ste  
I
f
a
r
a
t
t
e
m
p
t
s
t
h
e
f
a
n
s
d
o
n
o
t
o
p
e
r
ate  
,
o
r
i
f
y
o
u
e
xperienc  
e
trouble  
w
ith the installation (for  
the Cisc AC  
e
,
a
lign with the  
c
hassis holes), contac  
t
o
T
f
a
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
3-22  
7
8
-18350-02  
           
C
H
A
P
T
E
R
4
Troubleshooting the Installation  
This  
c
hapter desc  
r
ibes how to troubleshoot th  
e
Catalyst 4900M switc  
h
hardwa  
r
e
installation and  
contain  
s
these sections:  
Getting Started page  
Proble lving to the Syste  
Identifying Startup Problems  
Troubleshooting the ower  
Contacting Customer Service  
problems starting  
Problems with the initial startup re often  
temperature onditions above the ximum  
environmenta monitorin functions re inc  
,
4
-1  
m
So  
m
Component Level, pag 4-2  
e
,
page 4-  
2
pply, page  
page 4-4  
P
S
u
4
-4  
,
If your system ha  
s
u
p, use the informatio  
aused by poo or imprope  
ptable leve rarely occu  
ec use the also monitor DC-line voltages.  
n
i
n
t
h
i
s
c
hapter to help isolate  
onne tions. Although  
at initia startup,  
t
h
e
c
ause.  
a
c
r
r
c
c
c
m
a
a
a
cc  
e
d
l
r
l
l
g
l
u
de  
b
a
y
Not  
e
F
refe  
o
r
configuration questions or  
p
roblems, refe  
r
to the softwar  
es.  
e
c
onf  
i
g
uration guid  
e
o
r
t
h
e
c
omman  
d
r
e
n
c
e
p
u
b
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
t
o
c
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
e
o
r
e
nable the interfac  
Getting Started  
When the initial syste  
m
e
boot is complete  
supplying power to  
perating.  
essfully.  
and the hardwar  
command ferenc publications to  
re no met, use the procedure  
,
ve  
r
ify the following:  
Po  
The syste  
System software boots suc  
onditions ar me  
tion guide and th  
any of these ondition  
the problem.  
w
e
r
supplie  
s
ar  
t
h
e
system.  
m
f
an  
a
ssembly is  
o
c
If all of these  
configur  
c
e
e
t
e
installation is comp  
l
e
te  
,
r
efer to the software  
oft are. owever, if  
nd, if possible, esolve  
ls.c  
o
a
m
r
e
e
.
t
A
roubleshoot the  
s
l
w
H
l
M
c
s
a
t
s
i
n
t
h
i
s
c
hapte  
r
t
o
isolate  
a
r
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
4-1  
           
C
hapter  
4
Troubleshootin  
g
t
he Installation  
P
r
oblem  
Solving to the  
S
y
stem  
Component Level  
Problem Solving to the System Component Level  
he ke to succ ss whe troubleshooting the syste is to isolate the problem to  
T
y
e
n
m
a
specific syste  
m
c
omponent. The first ste is to ompare hat the ystem is doing to wha  
sta tup proble ca usually be ttribute to single component, itis re efficient to isolate the problem  
to subsyste rathe tha troubleshoot ea epa ate component in the system.  
p
c
a
w
d
s
t
it should  
b
e
d
o
i
n
g
.
B
e
c
a
use  
a
r
a
m
m
n
a
mo  
r
n
c
h
s
r
T
he switch onsists of the ollowing subsystems:  
supplyIncludes th supply nd power supply  
Supply se tion on page 4-4.)  
c
f
Powe  
Powe  
r
r
e
p
ow  
e
r
a
c
ooling  
.
(
S
e
e
t
h
e
Troubleshooting th  
e
c
Fa  
sually  
ecause of an overtemperatur  
shutdown.) You should be ble to  
the AN LE is orange an ou determine tha  
immediately onta customer ervic representative. There ar  
ou ca mak if the fa assembly doe not functio properly at the  
n
a
ssembly system—Th  
e
c
hassis  
f
n
an  
a
ssembly should  
o
per  
l
t
a
te whenever syste  
monitor huts down the syste  
will shut down  
an assembly to dete mine whethe  
the an ssembly is ot operating,  
no installation adjustments that  
m
p
o
w
e
r
is on.  
m
U
b
,
it continues to operate  
e
ve  
w
h
e
n
t
h
e
e
n
v
ironmenta  
s
e
or ove  
ea  
r
r
voltag  
the  
e
c
ondition. (I  
f
r
or  
a
power supply  
or not it is operating.  
ou should  
a
h
f
r
I
f
F
D
d
y
t
f
a
n
y
c
e
c
t
a
s
e
e
y
n
n
s
n
i
n
itial startup  
.
Identifying Startup Problems  
he you onne the powe ord  
W
n
c
c
t
r
c
s
t
o
t
h
e
Catalyst 4900M  
s
witch, follow these steps:  
St  
e
p
p
1
2
Flip the  
Verify tha  
use if necessary.  
isten or the syste  
per te, see Troubleshooting the Powe  
you etermin tha th powe supplie  
onta ustome ervic epresentative  
re no insta lation djustments tha  
p
owe  
r
switche  
s
t
o
t
h
e
on position (AC powere  
d
systems only).  
it AC  
Ste  
t
powe  
r
is available to the  
p
o
w
e
r
s
u
p
p
l
i
e
d
f
r
o
m
t
h
e
s
e
o
r
DC source  
.
Flip breakers and  
f
s
Ste  
p
p
3
4
L
o
f
m
f
an  
a
ssembly  
.
If you do not immediately hear the system fa  
Supply sectio pag 4-4.  
n
n
assembly begin to  
a
r
n
o
n
e
Ste  
I
c
f
d
t
e
t
e
r
s
a
r
e
functioning normally nd tha  
th system an ssembly does no  
yo ca make  
a
t
th  
e
fa  
a
ssembly is  
f
aulty,  
initial  
c
a
c
r
s
e
l
r
.
I
f
e
f
a
t
function properly  
at  
sta  
r
tup, ther  
e
a
a
t
u
n
.
LED Readings  
L
EDs indicate  
a
ll syste  
m
states in the startu  
p
sequence. By  
c
h
e
c
k
i
n
g
t
h
e
L
EDs, yo  
u
c
a
n
d
e
t
e
r
m
i
n
e
w
h
e
n
a
nd where the syste  
m
f
a
i
l
e
d
i
n
t
h
e
s
t
a
r
t
u
p
s
e
q
u
e
n
c
e
.
To check  
the LEDs, follow these steps:  
ls.com. All M  
Ste  
p
1
Compar  
e
the LED state  
s
to those liste  
d
in  
Table 4-1.  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
4-2  
7
8
-18350-02  
               
Chapter  
4
Troubleshooting the Installation  
Identifying  
S
t
a
r
t
up  
Problems  
T
ab  
l
e
4-1  
Po  
w
e
r
S
u
pp  
ly  
LED  
Meanings  
LED  
M
eaning  
AC) This ED should turn gr  
to the supply and th  
IN  
P
U
T
OK  
(
L
d
e
en immediately when power is  
powe switch is se to N.  
a
pplie  
e
r
t
O
G
4.5  
reenAC input voltag  
AC .  
e
i
s
g
r
e
a
t
e
r
t
h
a
n
8
0
.
5
V
A
C
V
Red—I  
power  
power supply is turned  
n
a
dua  
l
power supply  
c
onfiguration (alternate unit  
AC AC , or the  
e
d) the AC inpu  
t
is less than 73  
ff.  
V
3
V
o
O
ffIn single supply configur  
input voltage is less tha 73 AC  
supply is turne off  
DC) This ED should turn gr  
to the supply  
reenDC input voltage is greate  
a
a
tion, signals tha  
t
AC  
n
V
3
VAC , or the pow er  
d
.
IN  
PU  
T
OK  
(
L
d
e
en immediately when power is  
a
pplie  
.
G
r
tha  
n
–38.25 VD  
C
2.25 VD  
Red—I  
power  
power supply is turned  
ffIn single supply  
to signa that  
power supply is turned  
reenDC outpu voltage  
operatin nge  
Red—Output voltages below the  
maximum will cr ate an ou ut fail  
LE to illuminate ed.  
C.  
n
a
dua  
l
power supply  
c
onfiguration (alternate unit  
33 VD DC, or the  
e
d) the DC input is less tha  
n
C
3
V
o
c
ff.  
O
a
l
onfiguration, the LE  
D
shall be of  
f
D
C
input is less than 33 VDC  
ff.  
3
VDC,  
o
r
the  
o
OUTPUT OK  
G
t
s
ar  
e
within the normal  
g
r
a
.
minimum  
o
r
a
c
bove the  
use the  
e
t
p
a
l
a
r
m
a
n
d
a
D
r
St  
St  
e
p
2
3
V
e
rif  
The  
operationa  
y
that the LED  
s
o
n
the  
f
r
o
n
t
p
a
n
e
l
a
r
e
l
i
t
:
STATU  
S
L
ED flashe  
s
yellow during diagnostic  
b
oot tests. It is gree  
n
w
h
e
n
t
h
e
s
w
i
t
c
h
i
s
l
(onli  
n
e)  
.
I
)
f
t
h
e
s
y
s
t
e
m
w
software is unable to start up, this LED stays orange.  
The por  
the IN  
yello  
t
K
if the  
LEDs 1-48  
LED is off. The  
(
a
r
e
g
r
e
e
n
he  
D
n
th  
e
modu  
l
e
is operationa  
por  
l
(
online)  
.
I
f
n
o
s
i
g
n
a
l
is  
d
ete  
c
ted,  
s
L
w
p
o
r
t
L
E
remain  
s
y
ellow if th  
e
t
is  
d
isabled. The port LE  
D
flashe  
p
o
r
t
t
e
s
t
e
d
f
a
u
l
t
y
a
t
startup.  
ustome  
banne ar  
onsole port.  
ep  
If  
a
ST  
If the  
tha it is connecte  
A
T
US  
L
ED is red, contac  
oot informatio nd syste  
properly to the  
t
a
c
r
servic  
e
r
e
presentative for instructions.  
tha th termina  
ls.  
S
c
t
ep  
4
b
o
n
m
a
m
r
e
no displayed, verif  
.
t
A
y
t
e
l
i
l
s
s
e
t
c
o
l
r
re  
c
tly  
a
nd  
M
t
d
c
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
4-3  
   
C
hapter  
4
Troubleshootin  
g
t
he Installation  
Troubleshooting  
t
he  
P
ower Supply  
Troubleshooting the Power Supply  
To help isolate power ubsyste problem, perform the  
a
s
m
f
ollow  
i
n
g
steps  
:
St  
e
p
p
1
2
Verify tha  
t
the  
p
owe  
r
supply is plugge  
d
in  
a
nd that the on/of  
f
switc  
h
i
s
s
e
t
to ON (if the ower supply is  
p
a
n
AC supply).  
Ste  
L
c
f
ook the powe  
ord, nd then plug the powe  
ro the powe supply  
the LED ins off, ther  
the power cord to anothe  
the LED then lights, the roble  
the LED ails to light fte you  
a
a
t
r
supply LED  
(
PS1  
o
r
PS  
2
).  
I
f
the LED is of  
f
o
r
i
f
t
h
e
L
E
D
i
s
r
e
d
,
u
nplug the powe  
r
r
c
ord in. Be sur  
e
the on/off switc  
h
is OFF before  
r
emovin  
g
t
h
e
p
o
w
e
r
c
o
r
d
m
r
.
St  
St  
St  
St  
e
p
p
p
p
3
4
5
6
I
f
r
e
m
a
e
migh  
t
be  
powe  
is the first powe  
onnec the power  
a
proble  
m
w
ith the AC or  
if one is available.  
source.  
upply to  
D
C
source or the power cable.  
e
Connec  
t
r
r
sourc  
e
e
I
I
f
f
p
m
r
e
f
a
r
c
t
s
a
ne  
diffe  
servic  
w
powe  
r
sourc  
e
,
r
epla  
c
e
a
t
h
e
p
o
w
e
r
c
ord.  
the LE  
ord, the powe  
you unable to  
Ste  
p
7
I
f
D
still fails to light whe  
n
ly  
the switc  
aulty  
h
is  
c
onne  
c
t
e
d
t
o
a
r
e
n
t
p
o
w
e
r
sourc  
e
with  
new power  
c
r
supply is probab  
f
.
I
f
a
r
e
r
esolve the problem, contac  
t
a
c
ustome  
r
e
r
e
presentative for instructions  
.
Contacting Customer Service  
I
f
you  
a
t
re unable to solve  
customer servic  
ing information  
a
startup proble  
epr sentative  
m
a
f
a
ter  
u
sing the troubleshootin  
urthe instructions. Befor  
assist ou as quickly  
g
s
uggestions in this chapter,  
ou call, have  
possible  
c
th  
onta  
e
c
a
e
r
e
f
or  
ssistance an  
d
f
r
r
e
y
follow  
r
eady to help your se  
r
vice provide  
y
a
s
:
D
ate you eceive the switch  
Chassis seria numbe (locate  
Type of software and se number  
Maintenanc gre arranty information  
Brief description of the proble  
Brief explanation of th steps you have  
r
d
l
r
d
o
n
a
label on the righ  
t
o
f
t
h
e
r
ea  
r
o
f
t
h
e
c
hassis, se  
e
Figur  
e
4-  
1
)
r
elea  
e
a
e
m
e
n
t
o
r
w
m
e
a
lread  
y
take  
n
to isolate an  
d
resolve the problem  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
4-4  
7
8
-18350-02  
             
Chapter  
4
Troubleshooting the Installation  
C
ontacting  
C
ustomer  
S
ervice  
Fig  
u
r
e
4-1  
Serial Number Location  
SN: XXXNNNNXXXX  
ls.com. All M  
C
isco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch Installation Guid  
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
4-5  
 
C
hapter  
4
Troubleshootin  
g
t
he Installation  
Contacting  
Customer Service  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
4-6  
7
8
-18350-02  
A
P
P
E
N
D
I
X
A
Specifications  
Revi ry 4, 2012  
s
ed  
:
Janua  
This  
a
ppendix provide  
s
cable  
a
nd power  
s
upply technica  
l
specific  
a
t
i
o
n
s
f
o
r
the Catalyst 4900M  
switches.  
Console Port  
The  
c
onsole por  
t
is  
a
n
RJ-45  
r
ec  
e
ptacle  
.
The Request to  
Se  
nd  
(
RTS) signal tra  
c
ks the state of the Clear  
to  
Se  
nd (CTS) input.  
T
a
ble  
A-1 lists the console port pinouts.  
T
ab  
l
e
A-1  
Co  
ns  
ol  
e
Po  
rt  
Pinouts  
Pin  
Signal  
D
i
r
ection  
Description  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
R
TS  
o
o
o
utput  
utput  
utput  
request to send  
DTR  
TXD  
GND  
GND  
data terminal ready  
transmit data  
RX  
D
input  
input  
input  
re  
data se y  
lea to send  
c
e
i
v
e
d
a
t
a
DSR  
t
read  
C
T
S
c
r
Not  
e
A
c
onsole  
c
a
ble is not provide  
d
i
n
t
h
e
a
cc  
e
ssor  
y
kit.  
I
t
c
a
n
b
e
ordere  
d
as  
a
n
option.  
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
A-1  
               
Appendi  
x
A
Specifications  
1
0
/1  
0
0
/
1
0
0
0BASE-  
T
Management  
P
o
r
t
10/100/1000BASE-T Management Port  
he 10/100/1000B SE-T managemen port is an RJ-45 recepta  
T
A
t
c
l
e
w
i
t
h
a
Link Status  
L
ED.  
T
a
ble  
A-2  
lists the 10/100BASE-T port pinouts.  
T
a
b
le  
A-2  
10/100BASE-T  
P
o
r
t
Pinouts  
P
i
n
S
i
g
n
a
l
Direction  
Description  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RXD  
RXD  
P
inpu  
inpu  
t
t
r
r
ec  
ec  
e
e
i
ve data  
ve data  
it data  
N
i
TXDP  
unused  
unused  
TXDN  
unused  
unused  
output  
trans  
m
output  
trans  
m
i
t
d
a
t
a
Catalyst 4900M Switch Power Supply Specifications  
T
he Catalys  
t
4900M switc  
h
1000  
W
AC-inpu  
identified.  
A-  
t
power supply  
he 1000 DC-input power supply  
with the major feature  
(
PWR-  
C4  
9M-1000AC) is show  
n
in  
F
i
g
u
r
e
A
-
1
w
i
t
h
t
h
e
m
a
j
o
r
f
eature  
s
T
2
W
(
PWR-C49M-1000DC) is shown in Figur  
supply specifications.  
e
s
identified  
.
T
a
b
l
e
A
-
3
l
i
s
t
t
h
e
p
ower  
Fi  
gu  
re  
A-1  
1000  
W
AC-I  
np  
ut  
P
o
w
e
r
S
u
p
pl  
y
(PWR-C49M-1000AC)  
1
2
3
2
1
ls.co  
4
m.  
5
A
6
ll M  
1
2
3
Captive installation screw  
andle  
Powe  
4
5
6
AC-in connector  
NPUT LE  
UTPU OK ED  
H
I
O
K
D
r
o
n/off switc  
h
O
T
L
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
A-2  
7
8
-18350-02  
         
Appendi  
x
A
Specifications  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch  
P
ower  
S
upply Specifications  
Fig  
u
r
e
A-2  
100  
0
W
DC-I  
np  
ut  
Power Su  
pp  
ly  
(PWR-C49M-1000DC)  
1
2
3
2
1
5
6
4
7
8
1
2
3
4
Captive installation screws  
5
DC-in  
DC-in  
c
onnector  
onnector  
(
(
positive  
negative  
(
+) post)  
–) ost)  
Handle  
Po  
s
6
7
8
c
(
p
w
e
r
on/of  
f
switc  
h
IN  
PU  
T
OK  
L
ED  
Ground post  
OUTPUT OK LED  
Not  
e
DC powe  
Suitable DC powe  
r
c
able lugs  
a
re not supplie  
d
a
s
p
a
r
t
o
f
the  
a
c
cessor  
y
kit; they must be  
A4C-2L-90  
p
urchase  
d
s
epa  
r
ately.  
r
c
able lugs include:  
Fo  
r
r
4
6
AW  
G-size  
G-size  
d
d
c
c
able—Panduit LCD4-14AF-L or  
able—Panduit LCD6-14AF-L  
B
u
rnd  
y
Y
Fo  
AW  
See Figure  
A
-3  
f
or the dimensions of  
a
suitably-sized lug.  
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
A-3  
 
Appendi  
x
A
Specifications  
Catal  
y
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch  
P
ower  
S
upply Specifications  
Fig  
u
r
e
A-3  
DC  
Po  
wer Cab  
l
e
Lu  
g
Dimensions  
.25 in  
(6.35 mm)  
0.62 in  
(15.75 mm)  
0.22 in  
(5.588 mm)  
0.50 in  
(12.7 mm)  
0.34 in  
(8.64 mm)  
0.27 in  
(6.858 mm)  
Beveled wire entry  
0.81 in  
(20.574 mm)  
1.16 in  
(29.464 mm)  
90 degrees +/-  
5
degrees  
0.09 in  
(2.29 mm)  
1.25 in  
(31.75 mm)  
1.47 in  
(37.3 mm)  
Table A-  
ab -3  
Item  
3
lists the AC-input an  
d
the DC-input power supply spe  
c
ifications.  
T
le  
A
Catalyst 4900 Ser  
i
es  
Po  
w
e
r
S
u
p
pl  
y
Speci  
fic  
ati  
on  
s
Spec  
ification  
ls.com. All M  
A
C-input power supply  
Powe  
Powe  
r
r
supply outpu  
t
960  
240  
W
W
supply dissipation  
AC-input  
12  
A
maximum  
@
2
100  
40  
V
VAC  
AC  
5
A
maximu  
m
@
A
C
f
r
e
quency  
urr nt  
50 to 60 Hz  
80 maximum  
O
utput  
c
e
A
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
A-4  
7
8
-18350-02  
         
Appendi  
x
A
Specifications  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
Sw  
itch  
P
ower  
S
upply Specifications  
T
ab  
l
e
A-3  
Catalys  
t
4900 Seri  
es  
Power Su  
pp  
ly  
Spec  
ifi  
cat  
io  
ns  
(c  
on  
t
i
n
ued  
)
Item  
Specification  
Inrush value  
Cold tur  
AC  
n
o
n
(
PSU  
o
n
f
or  
<
1
h
o
u
r
)
5
0
A
for  
o
ne cycle  
o
f
Output voltage  
12  
V
DC  
I
n
p
u
t
K
V
A
r
ating  
ow  
supply output  
supply dissipatio  
1.200  
K
VA  
DC-input  
p
e
r
supply  
Pow  
e
e
r
r
960  
320  
W
Po  
w
n
W
DC-input  
27  
A
@
48 VDC  
–6  
maximum  
turn on SU on  
DC  
(
Operating  
r
ang  
e
–40.5 to –56  
V
V
DC)  
DC)  
21.6  
A
@
0
VDC (Operating range –55 to –72  
Output  
c
urrent  
80  
Ho  
12  
A
Inrush value  
t
(
P
f
or  
>
1
hour  
)
75  
A
Output voltage  
V
Input KVA  
r
ating  
1.296  
K
VA  
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
A-5  
     
Appendi  
x
A
Specifications  
Catal  
y
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch  
P
ower  
S
upply Specifications  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
A-6  
7
8
-18350-02  
A
P
P
E
N
D
I
X
B
Compliance Information and Translated Safety  
Warnings  
Not  
e
Only trained  
install, eplace, or servic  
Code if you ar in the Unite  
a
nd qualifie  
e
e
d
servic  
th quipment. Install the syste  
States.  
e
personne  
l
(
a
s
d
ef  
i
n
e
d
i
n
I
EC 60950-  
ordanc  
1
e
a
nd AS/NZ  
S
60950) should  
ational Ele tric  
r
e
d
e
m
i
n
a
c
c
with the U.S.  
N
c
This  
a
ppendix  
Translated Safety Warnings  
European ire tives, age B-38  
6003—Taiwan Battery, page B-40  
6004—E ttery isposa nd Recycling  
6005—California Perchlor te Contamina io  
ns, Chapte 33), age B-40  
8000—Standards Complianc  
2007—EMC Environmenta Conditions  
c
ontains the  
f
ollowing se  
c
tions:  
,
page B-  
1
D
c
p
St  
St  
St  
a
temen  
temen  
temen  
t
t
t
a
U
B
a
D
l
a
,
page B-4  
0
a
a
t
n
Pr  
evention  
Act (Title 22, California Code  
of Regulati  
o
r
p
Sta  
temen  
temen  
t
t
e
,
page B-40  
or Produc  
Sta  
l
f
t
s
I
nstalled in the European  
Union,  
page B-42  
EMC Class  
A
N
otice  
s
ssue  
ssue  
an  
3
d
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
,
p
a
g
e
B-4  
2
GR-1089-CORE  
GR-1089-CORE  
I
I
D
D
ocumentation Statements,  
ocumentation Statements,  
p
p
age B-46  
age B-46  
4
Sta  
temen  
t
8003—Tele  
c
om Approvals  
L
isting,  
p
age B-47  
B-50  
Japanese Electric Appliance and Radio Laws, pag  
e
ls.com. All M  
Translated Safety Warnings  
This sectio peats in multiple language  
n
r
e
s
the  
warnings in this guide.  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-1  
       
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 258—Fan Tray Removal Warning  
Warni  
ng  
When removing  
t
h
e
f
a
n
tray  
,
kee  
p
your hands and fingers away from the spinning fan blades. Let the  
ove the fan tray  
f
a
n
b
l
a
d
e
s
c
o
m
p
l
e
t
e
l
y
s
t
o
p
b
e
f
o
r
e
y
o
u
r
e
m
.
Waa  
rsc  
hu  
wi  
ng  
H
oud tijdens he  
t
verwijderen van de ventilator de handen en vingers uit  
d
e
b
uurt van de draaiende  
ventilator  
ventilatorschoepen. Laa  
t
de ventilators hoepen lledig tot stilstand komen alvorens  
c
v
o
de  
te verwijderen  
.
Varo  
i
t
u
s
Pidä kädet ja  
tuulettimen siipien pysähty  
s
o
rmet pois tuulettimen pyörivistä siivistä tuuletinalustaa poistaessasi. Anna  
kokonaan ennen kuin irrota tuuletinalustan.  
ä
t
At  
t
e
n
t
i
on  
Lors du retrait du platea  
ales rotation du ntilateur. Attendez qu  
imm bilité complèt nt  
u
du  
v
e
ntilateur, veillez  
à
s
ce que vos mains  
pales du ventilateur soient parv  
e
t
doigts resten  
t
à
l’écart des  
ne  
p
e
n
v
e
v
e
le  
e
nues  
à
u
o
e
a
a
d
e
retirer le plateau du ventilateur.  
Warn  
u
ng  
B
eim Herau  
fern halten. Vor Heraus  
Stillstan ekomm sind.  
s
n
ehmen des  
L
üfterkastens Händ  
e
u
nd  
F
s
i
nger von de  
b
n
sich  
d
rehende  
n
G
vö  
eblä  
llig  
s
z
e
um  
flügeln  
n
ehmen des Geblä  
s
e
kasten  
warten, is die Gebläseflügel  
d
g
en  
A
vvert  
e
n
za  
Q
c
uand  
on la ventola in  
vano.  
o
si toglie il vano della ventola, fare  
a
ttenzione che le  
m
an  
i
m
e
l
e
d
i
t
a
no  
n
vengano in contatto  
di togliere il  
m
o
v
i
m
e
n
t
o
.
A
t
t
e
n
d
e
r
e
c
h
e
l
a
ventola si fermi co  
pletamente prima  
Ad  
var  
sel  
Nå  
r
du fjerner viftedekselet  
,
hold hender  
v
o
g
fingre borte fra de roterende viftebladene. La  
let.  
viftebladene  
stanse  
h
elt før du fjerner iftedekse  
Av  
iso  
Mantenha as  
respectiva bandeja  
s
u
as  
m
ã
os  
e
dedos afastados das lâ  
nas da ntoinh  
m
ina  
s
em movimento da  
v
e
ntoinha, ao retirar  
a
.
D
eixe as lâm  
i
ve  
a
parar co  
m
p
letamente antes  
d
e
retirar a bandeja  
.
.
¡A  
dv  
e
rt  
e
n
c
i
a
!
!
Cuando quite la bandeja  
movimiento. Deje que las aspa  
d
el  
a
banico, mantenga las mano  
s
y
los  
d
edo  
s
q
alejados  
uitar la  
d
e
la  
s
aspas en  
abanico  
s
se detengan completamente antes de  
b
andeja del  
Varn  
i
n
g
H
åll händer oc  
h
fingrar borta från de roterande fläktblade när du tar av fläktskyddet. Låt fläkten  
n
stanna helt inna  
n
d
u
tar av fläktskyddet.  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-2  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1003—DC Power Disconnection  
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
Before performing any  
DC ircuit.  
o
f
th  
e
following procedures, ensure that powe  
r
is remo  
ve  
d
f
rom the  
c
Wa  
a
r
sch  
uwi  
n
g
Voordat  
u
e
en van de  
o
nderstaand  
e
procedures uitvoert, dien  
t
u
te controlere  
n
of  
d
e
stroom naar het  
gelijkstroo  
m
circuit uitgeschakeld is.  
Varo  
i
t
u
s
V
arm  
i
s
ta  
,
että tasavirtapiirissä ei ole virta  
a
e
nnen seuraavie  
n
toimenpiteiden  
s
u
orittamista  
ircuit  
.
A
t
t
en  
t
i
o
n
Avant de pratique  
r
l'une quelconque des procédure  
s
ci-dessous, vérifier qu  
e
l
e
c
e
n
c
ourant  
continu n'est plus sous tension.  
Warnu  
n
g
Vor Ausführun  
g
d
er folgende  
n
Vorgänge ist  
sicherzu  
stellen, da  
ß
die Gleichstromschaltung  
keinen  
Strom  
e rhä lt.  
Av  
vert  
en  
z
a
Prima  
d
i
svolgere una qualsiasi  
d
elle procedure seguenti, verificare ch  
e
il circuito CC non  
sia alimentato.  
A
d
varse  
l
F
ø
r
n
o
e
n
a
v
d
i
s
s
e
p
rosed  
y
ren  
e
u
tføres, kontrolle  
r
at  
s
trømmen er frakoble  
t
like  
s
t
rømkretsen.  
fonte  
A
viso  
Ante  
s
de executa  
r
um dos  
s
e
guintes procedim  
e
ntos, certifique-s  
e
q
ue desligou  
a
de  
alimentação de energia do  
c
ircuito de corrente contínua.  
¡Ad  
verte  
nc  
i
a
!
Ante  
s
de proceder co  
n
l
os siguientes  
p
asos, comprobar que la alimentación del circuito de  
corriente continua (CC)  
e
sté cortada (OFF).  
Varni  
n
g
!
Inna  
n
d
u
u
tför någon av följand  
e
p
rocedurer  
måste du kontrollera att strömförsörjningen till  
likströ  
mskretsen är bruten.  
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-3  
 
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Av  
iso  
A
ntes  
d
e
e
xecutar qualquer um do  
s
procedimentos  
a
seguir,  
verifique  
se  
a
energia foi remo  
vid  
a
do  
c
ircuito DC.  
Ad  
var  
sel  
Før  
d
u
u
dfører nogen af følgende procedurer, skal du sikre  
løbet.  
d
ig, at der ikke er strø  
m
til  
jævnstrømskred  
s
Statement 1004—Installation Instructions  
ls.com. All M  
Warn  
rsc wi  
Varo  
i
n
g
Rea  
Raadplee  
Lue asennusohjeet  
d
th  
e
i
nstallatio  
de installatie-in  
nne järje  
n
in  
s
tructions  
tructies voordat  
telmän yhdistämistä  
b
efore connectin  
g
th  
teem op de voedingsbron aansluit  
virtalähteeseen.  
e
system to the power source.  
Waa  
hu  
n
g
g
s
u
h
e
t
s
y
s
.
i
t
u
s
e
n
s
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-4  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
A
t
t
e
n
t
i
o
n
Avant de brancher le sy  
or dem An hließen de  
Consultare le istruzioni di in  
installa jonsinstruksjonen  
instruçõe de instalação antes de liga  
instrucciones instalación antes de conectar  
oppla sy te  
s
tè  
m
e
s
u
r
la  
s
o
urce d'alim  
ie Stromquelle  
di collegare il sistem  
et kobles til strømkilden.  
istema fonte de energia  
sistem la re  
et till trömförs  
e
ntation, con  
s
u
l
t
e
r
l
e
s
directives d'installation.  
Warn  
vert  
u
n
g
V
s
c
s
Sy  
ste  
m
s
a
n
d
d
ie  
I
nstallationsanweisungen lesen  
all'alimentatore.  
.
A
v
e
n
z
a
stallazione pri  
ma  
a
A
d
varse  
l
Le  
s
s
e
f
ø
r
s
y
s
t
e
m
A
viso  
Le  
ia  
a
s
s
s
r
o
s
à
.
¡Ad  
vert  
e
nc  
i
a
!
L
e
a
s
la  
d
e
e
l
a
a
d
d
e
alim  
e
ntación.  
Varn  
i
n
g
!
Lä  
installationsanvisningarna inna  
n
d
u
k
r
s
m
s
ö
rjningsenheten.  
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-5  
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1006—Chassis Warning for Rack-Mounting and Servicing  
Warni  
ng  
To pre  
p
e
v
e
nt bodily injury whe  
recautions to ensure that the sy  
nsure your safety:  
n
mounting or serv  
i
cing this  
u
n
i
t
i
n
a
rack  
,
y
o
u
must take  
s
p
ecia  
d
l
to  
s
t
e
m
r
e
m
a
i
n
s
s
t
a
b
l
e
.
T
he following guidelines are provide  
T
h
i
s
u
n
n
i
t
sh  
o
u
l
d
b
e
m
o
u
n
t
e
d
a
t
t
h
e
b
o
t
t
o
m
o
f
t
h
e
ra  
c
k
i
f
i
t
i
s
t
h
e
o
n
l
y
u
n
i
t
i
n
t
h
e
rack.  
Wh  
e
m
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
t
h
i
s
u
n
i
t
i
n
a
p
a
rt  
i
a
l
l
y
f
i
l
l
e
d
ra  
c
k
,
l
o
a
d
t
h
e
r
a
c
k
f
ro  
m
t
h
e
b
o
t
t
o
m
t
o
t
he  
t
o
p
wit  
h
t
h
e
h
e
avi  
es  
t
c
om  
p
on  
en  
t
a
t
t
h
e
bo  
t
t
o
m
o
f
t
h
e
ra  
c
k
.
I
t
f
h
t
e
h
ra  
e
ra  
ck  
c
.
k
i
s
p
rovi  
d
ed  
wit  
h
sta  
b
i
l
i
z
i
ng  
de  
vi  
ce  
s,  
i
nst  
a
l
l
t
h
e
sta  
b
i
l
i
z
ers  
be  
f
o
re  
mo  
un  
t
i
n
g
o
r
servi  
c
i
ng  
t
he  
un  
i
t
i
n
Waa  
rsc  
hu  
wi  
ng  
O
m
licha  
servicebeurt  
stabiel lijft. De onderstaand  
m
elijk lets  
e
l
te voorkomen wanneer  
oe speciale voorzorg maatregelen ne  
richtlijnen worde verstrekt  
u
d
i
t
t
o
e
s
te  
l
in een rek  
en  
uw veiligheid te verzekeren  
m
o
n
t
e
e
r
t
o
f
h
e
t
d
a
a
r
e
en  
g
eeft,  
m
t
u
s
m
o
m
e
r
v
o
o
r
t
e
z
o
r
g
e
n
d
a
t
het toeste  
l
b
e
h
n
o
m
:
D
i
t
t
oe  
st  
e
l
d
i
e
n
t
on  
d
era  
an  
i
n
e
t
re  
k
ge  
mo  
n
t
e
erd  
t
e
word  
en  
a
l
s
h
e
t
t
oe  
ste  
l
he  
t
e
n
i
g
e
i
n
he  
t
rek  
i
s
.
Wa  
nn  
e
e
r
u
d
i
t
t
oe  
st  
e
l
i
n
ee  
n
g
ed  
e
e
l
t
e
l
i
j
k
g
evu  
l
d
re  
k
m
on  
t
e
e
r
t
,
d
i
e
n
t
u
h
e
t
re  
k
va  
n
o
nd  
e
r
en  
na  
a
r
b
ov  
en  
t
e
l
a
de  
n
m
e
t
h
e
t
z
wa  
a
rst  
e
o
n
d
e
rd  
va  
rt  
e
e
l
o
n
d
e
ra  
a
n
i
n
h
e
t
re  
k
.
A
l
s
e
h
e
t
l
r
i
e
n
k
vo  
o
rz  
i
e
n
i
s
n
st  
o
a
b
e
i
l
t
iseri  
n
r
g
e
sh  
e
u
n
l
p
m
i
d
de  
l
en  
,
d
i
e
n
t
u
de  
st  
ab  
i
l
i
sat  
ore  
n
t
e
m
on  
t
e
re  
n
vo  
o
r
da  
t
u
het  
t
o
st  
e
h
e
t
re  
k
m
o
n
t
e
e
f
h
d
a
a
servi  
c
eb  
eu  
rt  
geeft.  
Varo  
i
t
u
s
Kun laite  
a
s
e
tetaan telineesee  
ia järjestelmän kavuuden  
ia turvallisuusohjeita:  
n
t
ai  
h
uolletaan sen ollessa  
ily tämisek i, jotta  
t
v
elinee  
s
sä,  
o
n
n
oudatettava erityisiä  
elta. Noudata  
varotoi  
seuraa  
m
v
va  
sä  
t
s
ä
ltytään loukkaantum  
i
s
J
o
s
t
e
l
i
n
e
e
e
ssä  
se  
si  
vart  
e
i
o
l
e
m
u
i
t
a
l
a
i
t
t
e
i
t
a
,
a
se  
t
a
l
a
i
t
e
t
e
l
i
n
e
e
n
a
l
a
o
sa  
an.  
J
e
o
s
l
a
i
e
t
l
a
j
t
e
i
t
a
a
n
o
sa  
tt  
k
en  
si  
t
n
ä
yt  
yl  
e
ä
t
tyyn  
t
e
l
i
n
e
e
se  
e
n
,
a
l
o
i
t
a
k
u
o
rm  
i
t
t
a
m
i
n
e
n
se  
n
a
l
a
o
sast  
a
k
a
i
k
k
e
i
n
rask  
a
i
m
m
a
l
l
a
si  
n
e
l
ä
a
r
r
y
s
i
se  
osa  
a
n
.
J
os  
t
e
l
i
n
e
t
t
ä
e
n
on  
vak  
a
im  
e
t
,
a
sen  
n
a
n
e
e
n
ne  
n
l
a
i
t
t
e
e
n
a
se  
t
t
am  
i
s
t
a
t
e
l
i
n
ee  
se  
e
n
t
a
i
se  
n
huoltamista siinä.  
At  
t
e
n
t
i
on  
Pou  
r
éviter toute blessure  
ient de prendre des  
directives ci-dessous son de  
c
orporelle pendant les  
o
pération  
s
de  
m
a
o
ntage  
fin de  
assurer la protection du personnelþ:  
o
m
u
d
e
réparation de cette  
u
nité en casier, il con  
v
p
cautions spéciales  
aintenir  
l
a
stabilité du  
systèm  
e
.
Le  
s
t
stinées  
à
Si  
Si  
c
c
e
t
t
e
u
u
n
i
t
é
c
e
o
n
st  
i
t
u
e
l
a
se  
u
l
e
u
n
i
t
é
m
o
n
t
é
e
e
n
c
a
si  
e
r
,
e
l
l
e
d
o
i
t
ê
t
re  
p
l
a
c
é
e
d
a
n
s
l
e
bas.  
e
t
t
e
n
i
t
é
st  
m
o
n
t
é
e
d
an  
s
u
n
c
a
si  
e
r
p
a
rt  
i
e
l
l
e
m
e
n
t
re  
m
p
l
i
,
c
h
a
rg  
e
r
l
e
c
a
si  
e
r
d
e
b
a
s
en  
h
au  
t
e
n
plaçant  
l
'é  
l
é
m
en  
t
l
e
p
l
us  
l
o
urd  
d
an  
s
l
e
b
as.  
ls.com. All M  
Si  
'u  
l
n
e
c
é
a
e
s
n
i
e
c
r
a
e
si  
s
t
e
é
r.  
qu  
i
pé  
de  
d
isp  
os  
i
t
i
f
s
st  
ab  
i
l
i
sat  
e
urs,  
i
n
sta  
l
l
e
r
l
e
s
st  
ab  
i
l
i
sat  
e
urs  
a
va  
n
t
de  
m
on  
t
e
r
o
u
d
e
réparer  
l
i
t
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-6  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Warnu  
n
g
Zur Vermeidung von Körperv  
e
rletzung beim Anbringen oder Warte  
icherzustellen, daß das System stabil bleibt. Di  
Gewährleistung Ihrer Sicherheit dienen:  
n
d
ieser Einheit in eine  
m
G
estell  
e
müssen Sie besondere Vorkehrungen treffen,  
u
m
s
folgenden Richtlinien sollen zu  
r
We  
n
n
d
i
e
se  
E
i
n
g
h
e
i
t
d
i
e
e
i
n
z
i
g
e
i
m
G
e
st  
e
l
l
i
st  
,
s
o
l
l
t
e
si  
e
u
n
t
e
n
i
m
G
e
st  
e
l
l
a
n
g
e
b
ra  
c
h
t
werden.  
B
e
i
A
n
b
ri  
n
g
un  
d
i
e
se  
r
E
i
n
h
e
i
t
i
n
e
i
n
e
m
zu  
m
Te  
i
l
g
e
f
ü
l
l
t
e
n
G
e
st  
e
l
l
i
st  
d
a
s
G
e
st  
e
l
l
vo  
n
u
n
t
e
n
n
ac  
h
o
be  
n
z
u
laden,  
wob  
e
i
d
as  
sch  
wer  
ste  
Ba  
u
t
e
i
l
u
n
t
en  
i
m
G
es  
t
e
l
l
a
nz  
ub  
ri  
ng  
en  
i
st.  
Wird  
d
as  
G
e
ste  
l
l
m
i
t
Sta  
b
i
l
isi  
e
run  
gs  
zu  
be  
hö  
r
g
e
l
i
e
f
ert  
,
si  
nd  
z
ue  
rst  
d
i
e
St  
a
b
i
l
i
sa  
t
o
ren  
z
u
i
ns  
t
a
l
l
i
ere  
n
,
b
e
vor  
S
i
e
d
i
e
E
i
nh  
e
i
t
im  
G
est  
e
l
l
an  
bri  
n
ge  
n
o
d
e
r
si  
e
wart  
e
n
.
Av  
vert  
en  
z
a
Per evitare infortuni fisici durante il  
occorre oss rvare ecial precauzion  
direttive engon fornite  
m
o
i
ntaggio  
o
la manutenzion  
il sis em  
ersonale:  
e
d
a
i
q
uesta unità in un supporto,  
tabile. Le seguenti  
e
sp  
i
p
p
er garantire ch  
e
t
rimanga  
s
v
o
er garantire la sicurezza  
p
Q
u
e
s
t
a
u
n
i
t
à
d
e
v
e
v
e
n
i
r
e
m
o
n
t
a
t
a
su  
l
f
o
n
d
o
d
e
l
s
u
p
p
o
rt  
o
,
s
e
s
i
t
ra  
t
t
a
d
e
l
l
’u  
n
i
c
a
u
n
i
t
à
d
a
m
o
o
n
t
a
re  
n
e
l
su  
pporto.  
Q
u
an  
d
l
o
c
q
u
e
p
st  
o
a
ne  
u
n
n
i
t
à
vi  
ù
e
p
n
e
e
m
n
o
t
n
e
t
a
t
a
i
n
u
a
n
o
s
su  
u
p
p
o
fo  
rt  
o
o
p
a
d
rz  
e
i
a
l
me  
n
t
e
p
i
e
n
o
,
c
a
ri  
c
a
re  
i
l
su  
pp  
o
rt  
d
a
l
b
a
sso  
a
l
l’a  
l
t
o
,
co  
n
i
o
m
t
e
p
i
sa  
sp  
su  
sist  
em  
t
l
n
d
l
supporto.  
Se  
i
l
su  
p
p
o
rt  
o
è
d
o
t
a
t
o
d
i
d
i
o
s
i
t
i
v
i
s
t
a
b
i
l
i
z
z
a
n
t
i
,
i
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
r
e
t
a
l
i
d
i
sp  
o
si  
t
i
vi  
p
ri  
m
a
d
i
m
o
n
t
a
re  
o
d
i
p
ro  
c
e
d
e
re  
alla  
ma  
nu  
t
en  
z
i
o
ne  
de  
l
l’u  
n
i
t
à
n
e
l
pp  
o
r
to.  
A
dvarse  
l
Unngå fysiske skader under montering eller reparasjon  
sa  
rbeid  
p
å
d
enn  
e
e
nhete  
n
n
å
r
d
e
n
b
efinner  
se  
g
i
et kabinett. Vær  
n
øye  
m
e
d
a
t
systemet er stabilt. Følgend  
e
retningslinjer er gitt for  
å
verne  
om sikkerheten:  
D
e
n
n
e
e
n
h
e
t
e
n
b
ø
r
m
o
n
t
e
re  
s
n
e
d
e
rst  
i
k
a
b
i
n
e
t
t
e
t
h
vi  
s
d
e
t
t
e
e
r
d
e
n
e
n
e
s
t
e
e
n
h
e
t
e
n
i
kabinettet.  
V
e
d
n
m
tyn  
o
n
g
t
e
ri  
e
n
k
g
o
a
v
d
o
e
n
n
nt  
e
e
e
n
n
h
e
d
t
e
n
rst  
i
e
t
k
a
b
i
n
e
t
t
so  
.
m
e
r
d
e
l
vi  
s
fyl  
t
,
sk  
a
l
k
a
b
i
n
e
t
t
e
t
l
a
st  
e
s
f
ra  
bu  
nn  
e
n
o
g
o
p
p
med  
de  
st  
m
p
ne  
n
e
e
i
kabinettet  
H
av  
vi  
r
s
e
k
p
a
b
i
n
e
o
t
n
t
e
sa  
t
e
r
r
b
u
t
d
st  
p
y
rt  
å
m
e
h
d
e
st  
te  
a
n
b
i
i
l
i
seri  
n
g
su  
t
s
t
y
r
,
s
k
a
l
sta  
b
i
l
isa  
t
ore  
ne  
i
nst  
a
l
l
ere  
s
f
ø
r
m
on  
t
eri  
ng  
e
l
l
e
r
utføring  
arasj  
e
i
e
n
kabinettet.  
A
viso  
Para se pre  
tom precauçõe  
guintes directrize  
v
e
nir contra  
especiais para se certificar de que  
ajudá-lo-ã fectua trabalho com segurança:  
d
anos corporais  
a
o
montar ou reparar  
e
s
ta unidade  
n
um estante, deverá  
porte estável. As  
a
a
r
s
o
sistema possui  
u
m
su  
se  
s
o
a
e
r
o
se  
u
E
st  
a
u
n
i
d
a
d
e
d
e
verá se  
r
m
o
n
t
a
d
a
n
a
p
a
rt  
e
i
n
f
e
r
i
o
r
t
d
a
e
st  
a
n
t
e
,
c
a
s
o
s
e
j
a
e
st  
a
a
ú
n
i
c
a
u
n
i
d
a
d
e
a
se  
r
m
on  
t
a
d
a
.
A
o
m
o
n
t
a
r
e
s
t
a
u
n
i
d
a
de  
nu  
m
a
e
st  
a
n
t
e
p
a
rc  
i
a
l
m
e
n
e
o
cu  
p
a
d
a
,
c
o
l
o
qu  
e
o
s
i
t
e
n
s
m
a
i
s
p
e
sa  
d
o
s
n
a
pa  
rt  
e
i
n
f
eri  
o
r
da  
e
sta  
n
t
e
,
arru  
m
an  
do  
-o  
s
de  
b
a
i
xo  
p
ara  
c
im  
a
.
Se  
a
e
sta  
n
t
e
po  
ssu  
i
r
u
m
d
i
sp  
osi  
t
i
vo  
de  
e
sta  
b
i
l
i
z
aç  
ão  
,
i
nst  
a
l
e
-o  
an  
t
e
s
d
e
m
o
n
t
a
r
o
u
rep  
a
rar  
a
unidade.  
¡Ad  
verte  
nc  
i
a
!
Para evitar le  
siones durante  
e
l
montaje de este  
e
quip  
o
sobre un  
b
astidor,  
o
posteriorme  
nte durante  
su  
mantenimiento, se debe poner much  
o
c
uidado en que el  
si  
ste  
ma  
quede bien estable. Para  
ls.com. All M  
garantizar su seguridad,  
p
roceda segú  
n
la  
s
siguientes instrucciones:  
Co  
Cu  
rt  
l
o
c
a
r
e
l
e
q
u
i
p
o
e
n
l
a
p
a
rt  
e
i
n
f
e
ri  
o
r
d
e
l
b
a
s
t
i
d
o
r
,
c
u
a
n
d
o
se  
a
l
a
ú
n
i
c
a
u
n
i
d
a
d
e
n
e
l
mismo.  
a
n
e
d
i
o
n
e
st  
e
o
e
r
q
h
u
a
i
p
o
a
se vaya  
su  
a
o
i
r
n
c
st  
a
l
a
c
r
e
n
d
u
n
b
a
e
st  
qu  
i
d
ip  
o
r
p
m
a
á
rc  
i
a
l
m
e
d
n
o
t
e
e
o
c
l
u
a
p
p
a
a
d
rt  
o
e
,
c
i
o
nf  
m
e
e
n
z
a
r
l
a
i
n
st  
a
l
a
c
i
ó
n
d
e
sde  
l
a
p
a
f
e
ri  
c
i
l
a
p
e
ri  
sp  
st  
o
l
o
a
n
o
e
l
o
s
p
esa  
n
r
i
o
r
.
Si  
e
l
b
a
st  
i
d
o
r
d
o
i
sp  
o
n
e
d
e
d
i
o
si  
t
i
vo  
s
e
n
st  
ab  
i
l
i
z
a
d
o
res,  
i
nst  
a
l
a
r
é
st  
o
s
a
n
t
e
s
d
e
m
o
n
t
a
r
o
p
roc  
e
d
e
r
a
l
ma  
n
t
e
n
i
mi  
e
n
t
d
e
l
e
qu  
i
po  
i
n
a
l
ad  
o
e
e
l
b
ast  
i
do  
r
.
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-7  
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
afet  
y
t
Warnings  
på en  
Translated Safety Warnings  
Varn  
i
ng  
!
För  
ställning  
stadigt. Följande riktlinjer  
a
tt undvika kroppsskad  
te du vidta särskilda försiktighet  
es för att trygga din säkerhet:  
a
n
är du installera  
r
eller utför  
u
nderhållsa  
rbete på denn  
a
enhe  
må  
s
så  
tgärder fö  
r
att försäkra dig  
o
m
att systemet står  
g
O
O
m
m
d
e
n
n
a
e
n
h
e
t
ä
r
d
e
n
e
n
d
a
e
n
h
e
t
e
n
p
å
st  
yl  
ä
l
l
n
i
n
g
e
n
sk  
a
l
l
d
e
n
i
n
st  
a
l
l
e
ra  
s
l
ä
n
g
st  
n
e
d
p
å
ställningen.  
d
e
e
t
n
e
n
rn  
a
e
n
h
n
e
g
t
s
i
t
n
n
st  
a
ed  
l
p
l
e
ra  
s
p
ll  
å
e
n
d
e
l
vi  
s
f
l
d
st  
ä
l
l
n
i
n
g
s
ka  
l
l
s
t
ä
l
l
n
i
n
g
e
n
f
yl  
l
a
s
n
ed  
i
f
rå  
n
o
c
h
u
pp  
,
me  
d
d
e
tyngsta  
e
n
h
a
l
ä
å
st  
ä
ningen.  
O
m
d
st  
ä
l
å
l
n
ll  
i
s
n
p
g
å
e
n
s
ä
r
f
ö
r
se  
d
d
m
e
d
st  
a
b
i
l
i
serin  
gsd  
o
n
sk  
a
l
l
de  
ssa  
mo  
n
t
e
ras  
f
a
st  
i
n
na  
n
en  
he  
t
e
n
i
n
st  
a
l
l
e
ra  
s
eller  
u
n
e
rh  
tällningen.  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-8  
7
8
-18350-02  
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
A
viso  
Para evitar lesões corporais  
tom toda as recauções  
fornecidas para garantir  
a
p
o
montar ou dar  
ara garantir estabilidade do sistema.  
segurança  
m
a
nutenção  
a
esta  
u
nidad necessário  
As seguintes orientações são  
e
em um rack,  
é
a
r
s
p
a
:
a
s
u
a
Se  
e
st  
a
f
o
r
a
ú
n
i
c
a
u
n
i
d
a
d
e
,
e
l
a
d
e
verá se  
rc  
r
m
o
n
t
a
d
a
n
a
p
a
r
t
e
i
n
f
e
ri  
o
r
d
o
ra  
-o  
ck.  
A
o
m
p
o
o
n
n
t
a
r
n
e
st  
a
m
u
i
n
s
i
p
d
a
d
sa  
e
e
o
m
u
m
ra  
c
p
k
p
a
i
a
e
l
m
e
r.  
n
t
e
p
re  
e
n
c
h
i
d
o
,
c
a
rre  
g
u
e
d
e
b
a
i
x
r
o
p
a
r
a
c
i
m
a
c
o
m
o
co  
m
e
t
e
a
e
d
em  
su  
a
art  
e
i
n
f
ri  
o
Se  
o
ra  
ck  
c
on  
t
i
ve  
r
d
i
sp  
osi  
t
i
vo  
s
es  
t
a
b
i
l
i
z
ad  
ores,  
i
ns  
t
a
l
e
-o  
s
an  
t
es  
d
e
mo  
n
t
a
r
o
u
d
a
m
a
n
u
t
e
n
ç
ã
o
à
unidade  
ex  
i
s
tente.  
A
dvarse  
l
F
o
r
at forhindre legem  
e
s
b
eskadigelse ved  
m
o
ntering eller serv  
i
ce  
d
a
in  
f
denne enhe  
ikkerheds  
d
sk  
i
et rack  
,
ska  
l
du  
n
sikre at sy te et står stabilt. Følgend  
s
m
e
retningslinje  
r
e
r
o
g
s
å
f
o
r
s
y
ld  
:
E
n
h
e
d
e
n
sk  
a
l
m
o
n
t
e
re  
s
i
b
u
n
d
e
n
a
f
d
i
t
ra  
c
k
,
h
v
i
s
d
c
e
t
e
r
d
e
n
e
n
e
s
t
e
e
n
h
e
d
i
ra  
c
k
e
t
.
V
e
d
g
m
e
o
st  
n
e
t
e
e
ri  
n
n
h
g
e
a
d
f
n
d
e
e
d
n
erst.  
n
e
e
n
h
e
d
i
e
t
d
e
l
v
ist  
f
y
l
d
t
ra  
k
,
sk  
a
l
e
n
h
e
d
e
rn  
e
i
nst  
a
l
l
ere  
s
f
ra  
bu  
nd  
en  
o
g
o
p
ad  
me  
d
de  
t
u
n
Hvi  
s
ra  
ck  
e
t
l
evere  
s
me  
d
sta  
b
i
l
iseri  
ng  
sen  
h
ed  
e
r
,
s
k
a
l
d
isse  
i
nst  
a
l
l
ere  
s
f
o
r
e
nh  
e
de  
n
m
o
n
t
ere  
s
e
l
l
e
r
serv  
i
c
ere  
s
i
rac  
k
et.  
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-9  
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-10  
7
8
-18350-02  
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1008—Class 1 Laser Product  
W
a
rn  
wi  
Varo  
i
n
g
Class  
Klass  
okan  
Produit laser de cla  
rprod ukt der Kla  
Prodotto laser di Classe 1.  
rprodukt av klasse 1.  
Produto laser de cla se 1.  
Producto láser Cla I.  
1
laser  
-1 la  
la  
p
rod uct.  
Wa  
a
r
sch  
u
n
g
e
s
e
r
produkt.  
i
t
u
s
L
u
1
sertuote.  
At  
t
e
n
t
i
o
n
sse  
1
.
Warn  
vert  
u
n
g
La  
se  
s
se  
1
.
A
v
en  
z
a
A
dvarse  
l
Lase  
A
viso  
s
¡Ad  
verte  
nc  
i
a
!
se  
ls.com. All M  
Varni  
n
g
!
La  
se  
rprodukt av klass  
1
.
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-11  
 
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
A
v
i
so  
Produto  
Klasse  
a
l
a
s
e
r
d
e
c
l
a
s
s
e
1
.
Ad  
va  
r
se  
l
1
laserprodukt.  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-12  
7
8
-18350-02  
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1011—Staring into Laser Beam  
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
Do not stare into th  
Niet straal are  
Älä katso säteesee äläkä tarka  
Ne as fixe le faiscea es yeux  
Nicht direkt in den Strahl licke  
Non fissare il raggio con gli occhi  
Stirr ller se ikke direkte pŒ trŒ  
Não olhe fixa ente ara raio, em olhe para ele directam  
No mirar fijamente el haz ni ob ervarlo irectamente co in  
Rikta inte blicken in ot strålen och titta inte direkt på de  
e
beam  
o
r
v
ie  
em rechtstreeks bekijken  
tele sitä suoraan optisen laittee  
ni l'ob rver irectement l' ide d'instru  
nd ihn nich direk mit ptischen eräten prüfen  
re stru enti ttici per osserv rlo diretta  
ed optis in rumenter.  
nte com in  
trumento  
enom ptiska instru  
w
it directly with optica  
l
in  
s
truments.  
he instru  
lla.  
Wa  
a
r
sch  
u
wi  
n
g
i
n
d
e
st  
n
o
f
h
me  
t
optis  
c
menten.  
Varo  
i
t
u
s
n
s
n
avu  
At  
t
e
n
t
i
o
n
p
r
u
d
,
se  
d
à
a
ments optiques.  
Warn  
vert  
u
n
g
b
n
u
t
t
o
G
.
A
v
en  
z
a
n
é
u
sa  
m
o
a
m
ente.  
ópticos.  
ent.  
A
d
varse  
l
e
s
l
en  
m
k
e
st  
A
viso  
m
p
o
n
e
strumento  
s
¡Ad  
verte  
nc  
i
a
!
s
d
n
s
s
ópticos.  
Varni  
n
g
!
m
n
g
o
m
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-13  
 
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1017—Restricted Area  
Warni  
ng  
T
a
his unit is  
ccessed only through the use of  
i
ntended for installation in re  
s
tricte  
,
d
a
cce  
s
s
a
reas.  
A
o
restricted access area can be  
ther mean of curity  
a
special tool  
lock and ke  
y
,
or  
s
se  
.
Waa  
rsc  
hu  
wi  
ng  
D
d
eze eenheid is  
ergelijke plaats  
sleutel en ande  
b
k
estem  
an alleen verkregen worde  
iligheidsmiddel.  
d
v
o
o
r
i
n
s
tallatie in plaats  
e
n
met beperkte toegang. Toegang tot een  
van ee speciaal instrum nt, een slot  
n
d
oor midde  
l
n
e
e
n
o
f
e
r
ve  
Varo  
i
t
u
s
T
p
äm  
ä
laite on tarkoitettu asennettavak  
s
i
p
aikkaan, johon  
p
ääsy on rajoitettua. Tällaisee paikkaan  
n
ääsee vain erikoistyökalua, lukkoon sopivaa avainta tai jotakin muuta turvalaitetta  
k
äyttämällä.  
At  
t
e
n
t
i
on  
Cet appareil est  
ossible u'en utilisant un outil spécial, un mécanisme de  
moyen de sécurité.  
à
installe  
r
dans  
d
es  
z
ones d'accès réservé. L'accè  
s
à
u
ne zon  
e
d'accè n'est  
ou tout autre  
s
réserv  
é
p
q
v
e
rrouillage et une clé,  
Warn  
u
ng  
D
d
iese  
erartigen Bereichen ist nu  
son tigen cherheitsvorkehrung  
E
inheit ist  
z
ur Installation in Bereichen  
it eine Spezialwerkzeug  
öglich.  
m
it beschränktem  
Z
utritt vorgesehen.  
D
er Zutritt zu  
iner  
r
m
m
,
Schloss  
u
n
d
S
c
h
l
ü
s
s
e
l
o
d
e
r
e
s
S
i
m
A
vvert  
e
n
za  
Q
uesta unità  
è
previs  
t
a
p
er essere in  
s
tallata in un'area ad access  
o
limitato, vale  
chiave,  
a
o
dire un'area  
ltri dispositivi  
a
d
ccessibile solo mediante l'uso di un attrezzo speciale, come lucchetto  
i
e
a
sicurezza.  
Ad  
var  
sel  
D
enne enhete  
n
e
r
beregnet  
p
s
å
installasjon  
e
i
t
område  
r
m
e
d
b
egrenset tilgang. Et begrenset  
ndre  
tilgang  
sområde kan bare nå  
ved hjelp av  
spesielt verktøy, lås og nøkkel, eller  
a
sikkerhetsanordninge  
r
.
Av  
iso  
E
é
c
s
ta  
uma área  
have  
u
nidad  
e
à
foi concebida para instalação  
ual apenas tem ace so pe  
qualquer  
e
m
áreas de acess  
o
restrito.  
U
ue  
m
a
p
área  
oss  
d
a
e
acesso restrito  
,
q
s
o
ssoa  
l
de serviço autorizado  
,
q
u
uma ferramenta  
e
fechadura  
e
sp  
ecial,  
o
u
o
utra forma  
d
e
segurança.  
¡A  
dv  
ert  
en  
c
i
a
!
E
a
s
ta  
u
nida  
d
ha sido diseñada  
p
a
r
a
i
n
s
t
a
l
a
c
i
ó
n
e
n
á
rea  
s
de acce  
s
o
r
e
s
t
r
i
n
g
i
d
o
.
S
ó
l
o
p
u
e
d
e
o
b
t
e
n
e
r
s
e
cceso  
a
una de estas  
á
reas mediante  
l
a
u
tilización de una herramienta especial, cerradura con  
lla  
ve  
u
otro  
medio  
de  
seguridad.  
Varn  
i
ng  
!
D
enna enhet är avsedd fö  
tillträd an endast tillträda  
säkerhetsanordning.  
r
in  
s
s
tallation  
i
områden med  
b
egränsat tillträde. Ett område med begränsat  
ller annan  
e
k
m
e
d
h
jälp av specialverktyg, lås och nycke  
l
e
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-14  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
A
viso  
Esta  
ace  
gurança.  
u
nidade deve  
s
o
e
uso  
r
instalad  
a
e
m
áreas  
m
d
e
e
a
sp  
cesso restrito. Uma áre  
ecial, cadeado cha  
a
e
d
e
a
cesso restrito  
m
só  
pode  
s
se  
e
r
ssad  
a
c
om  
d
e
u
ma  
f
e
r
r
a
e
n
t
a
e
v
o
u
o
u
t
r
o
s
e
i
o
s
d
e
A
dvarse  
l
Denne enhe  
d
e
r
beregnet til in  
stallation  
i
områder  
me  
d
b
egrænset adgang.  
D
e
r
k
a
n
k
un opnå  
s
adgang til et begrænset område ved  
form for sikkerhed.  
a
t
bruge et særligt  
s
tykk værktøj, lås og nøgle, eller  
e
e
n
anden  
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-15  
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1019—Main Disconnecting Device  
Warni  
ng  
T
d
he plug-socket  
c
v
om  
ice.  
b
inatio  
n
must  
b
e
a
ccessible at all time  
s
,
b
ecau  
se  
it  
se  
rves  
a
s
the main  
is  
c
onnecting de  
Waa  
rsc  
hu  
wi  
ng  
D
e
c
da  
om  
b
inatie van de stekke  
r
en het elektri  
s
c
v
h
e
c
ontactpun  
va  
t
n
moet te allen tijde toegankelijk zijn  
ansluiting.  
o
m
t
deze het hoofdm  
e
chanisme  
v
o
rmt voor  
rbreking  
d
e
a
Varo  
i
t
u
s
Pistoke/liitinkohta toimii  
p
ääkatkaisumekanismina  
.
Pääsy siihen on pidettävä aina esteettömänä.  
At  
t
e
n
t
i
on  
La combinaiso  
n
d
e
p
rise de courant  
d
oit être accessible tout oment parce qu'elle fait office de  
à
m
système principal de déconnexion  
.
Warn  
u
ng  
D
A
er Netzkabelanschlu  
ß
ient.  
am  
G
erä  
t
muß jederzeit zugänglic  
h
sein, weil er als primäre  
u
s
s
c
h
a
l
t
v
o
r
r
i
c
h
t
u
n
g
d
A
vvert  
e
n
za  
I
l
g
r
u
p
p
o
spina-pre  
sa  
de  
ve  
essere sempre acce  
ssibile  
,
poiché  
viene utilizzato come dispositivo di  
scollegamento  
p
rincipale  
.
Ad  
var  
sel  
Kombina  
sjonen støpsel/uttak  
må  
alltid være tilgjengelig ettersom den fungerer som  
h
ovedfrakoplingsenhet.  
Av  
iso  
A
co  
mbinaçã  
o
ficha-tomada deverá ser semp  
re acessível, porque funciona como interruptor  
p
rincipal.  
ls.com. All M  
¡A  
dv  
ert  
en  
c
i
a
!
E
d
l
conjunt  
o
d
e
c
lavija  
sc  
y
toma  
h
a
d
e
e
ncontrarse  
sie  
mpre accesible  
ya  
qu  
e
hace las  
ve  
ces  
de  
i
s
p
o
s
i
t
i
v
o
d
e
d
e
o
n
e
x
i
ó
n
p
r
i
n
c
i
p
a
l
.
Varn  
i
ng  
!
Man  
må  
ste alltid  
k
unna  
k
omma åt stickproppe  
n
i
uttaget, eftersom  
d
enna kopplin  
g
u
tgör den  
h
uvudsaklig  
a
frånkopplingsanordningen.  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-16  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1024—Ground Conductor  
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
This  
the absenc  
authorit or an electrician if  
e
quip  
m
e
en  
t
a
must be grounded  
itably in talled ground con  
re uncertain that suitable  
.
Never defeat the ground conductor or operate the equipment in  
ls.c  
o
o
f
su  
m
s
ductor.  
.
Co  
ntac  
t
th  
A
e
appropriate  
e
lect  
l
rica  
l
i
l
M
y
yo  
u
a
g
rounding  
is available.  
Wa  
a
r
sch  
u
wi  
n
g
Deze apparatuu  
en de apparatuur mag nooit  
aarding leiding aanwezig is. Neem  
inspecties of ee elektricie ls  
gezorg is.  
r
dient geaard te zijn. De aardingsleidin  
edien worden zonder da  
ontact met de bevoegde instantie voo  
er nie  
g
t
mag nooi  
er en op de juiste wijze geïn  
elektrische  
sende aarding  
t
buiten werking  
w
orden gesteld  
b
d
c
e
stalleerde  
s
o
t
p
r
m
e
t
n
n
a
u
zeker van bent  
d
at  
e
r
voor pas  
d
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-17  
 
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
Safet  
y
Warnings  
Translated Safety Warnings  
Varo  
i
t
u
s
Laitteiden on olta  
v
a
maadoitettuja. Älä ko  
maajohdinta. Ota yhtey hkötarkastusviranom  
adoituksen sopivuudesta.  
s
k
aan ohita maajohdinta ta  
i
kä  
y
tä laitteita ilm  
a
n
oikein  
a
se  
nnettu  
a
s
sä  
a
iseen tai sähköa  
sentajaan, jos  
o
let  
e
pävarma  
ma  
At  
t
e
n
t
i
on  
Cet équipement doit être  
tilis l'équipement ns un conducteur  
mise la se approprié is onible, s'  
lectrique ou un électricien.  
m
is  
à
la masse. Ne jamais rendre inopéran  
masse déquatement installé  
dresser l'organism re onsabl  
t
le conducteur de masse  
En cas  
la sécurité  
ni  
u
e
à
r
sa  
d
a
e
a
à
.
d
e
doute sur la  
ma  
s
e
d
p
e
sp  
e
de  
é
à
Warn  
u
ng  
D
G
sind  
ieses  
G
erä  
hne eine  
ob eine sachgerechte Erdung  
ektion ehörde oder einen Elektriker.  
t
muss geerdet sein  
chgerecht installierten Erdungsleiter verwenden. Wenn  
rhande ist, wenden Sie ic ie zuständige  
.
Auf keinen  
F
a
ll  
d
en Erdung  
s
leiter unwirk  
s
a
m
m
achen ode  
r
das  
erät  
o
n
sa  
Sie sich nicht sicher  
,
vo  
n
s
h
a
n
d
In  
sp  
sb  
A
vvert  
e
n
za  
Q
p
c
uesta apparecchiatura  
rotezione né usare l'apparecchiatura in assenza di un conduttore di protezion  
orretto on certi ella disponibilità di un adeguato collega ento mess ,  
lettrico press le autorità co petenti rivolgers un elettricista.  
d
eve  
e
s
sere dotata  
d
i
mess  
a
a
terra. Non escludere mai  
i
l
s
a
conduttore di  
tallato in odo  
terra  
e
in  
m
.
Se  
n
s
i
è
d
m
d
i
a
richiedere un controllo  
e
o
m
o
i
a
Ad  
var  
sel  
D
ette utstyret  
må  
jorde  
s
.
O
mg  
å
a
ldri jordingslederen og bruk aldri utstyret ute  
n
riktig montert  
jordingsleder.  
T
a
kontakt  
med fagfolk innen elektrisk inspeksjon  
e
ller  
me  
d
en elektriker hvis du er  
u
sikker på  
o
m
d
e
t
f
i
n
n
e
s
ve  
legnet jordning.  
Av  
iso  
E
a
d
q
s
te equipament  
terramento adequadamente instalado. Em  
is onível, entre em ontato om os serviços locais de inspeçã  
ualificado.  
o
d
eve ser  
a
terrado. Nunc  
a
c
a
aso  
nule  
d
o
fio terra ne  
úvida com relação ao  
m
opere  
o
e
quipam  
istema de aterra  
létrica ou um eletricista  
e
nto  
s
e
m
um  
e
d
s
mento  
p
c
c
o
e
¡A  
dv  
ert  
en  
c
i
a
!
E
e
a
h
s
te equipo debe estar  
quipo si ay un conductor  
utoridad correspondient  
aya na conexión  
c
onectado  
a
tierra. No inhabilite  
tierra instalad orrectam  
ecció léctrica con un electricista  
e
l
conductor de tierra ni haga funcionar el  
nte. Póngase en contacto con la  
no está guro de que  
n
o
h
d
e
o
c
e
e
d
e
in  
sp  
n
e
o
s
i
se  
u
a
tierra adecuada.  
Varn  
i
ng  
!
D
u
enna utrustnin  
tan en på läm  
jordning finns  
g
ligt  
m
åste jordas. Koppla  
a
ldrig från jordledningen och an  
det föreligger osäkerhet  
ller elektriker ontaktas.  
v
ä
nd aldrig utrustningen  
p
s
s
ä
tt installerad jordledning.  
O
m
e
h
u
r
u
v
i
d
a
l
ä
m
p
l
i
g
k
all elektrisk besiktningsauktoritet  
k
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-18  
7
8
-18350-02  
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-19  
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1028—More Than One Power Supply  
Warni  
ng  
T
d
his unit might have  
e-energize the unit.  
mo  
r
e
t
h
a
n
o
ne power  
su  
pply  
c
onnection  
.
All connections  
mu  
s
t
be remo  
ve  
d
to  
Waa  
rsc  
hu  
wi  
ng  
D
eze eenheid ka  
n
meer  
d
an één stroomtoevoeraan  
sluiting bevatten. Alle aansluitingen dienen  
o
ntkoppeld te worden om  
d
e
e
enheid  
t
e
o
ntkrachten.  
Varo  
i
t
u
s
T
ässä  
laitteessa  
voi olla useampia kui  
n
yksi  
virtakytkentä. Kaikki liitännät  
o
n
i
rrotetta  
va  
,
jotta  
jännite poistetaan laitteesta.  
At  
t
e
n
t
i
on  
Cette  
u
nité peut avoir  
p
lus d'une connexion d'alimentation  
nité, toutes les connexions lim  
.
e
P
o
ur supprimer toute  
t
ension et tout  
c
ourant électrique de l'  
u
d
'a  
n
t
a
t
i
o
n
d
o
i
v
e
n
t
ê
t
r
e
débranchées.  
Warn  
u
ng  
D
ieses  
G
erät kan  
n
meh  
r
als eine  
Stromzufuhr haben  
.
Um sicherzustellen  
,
da  
ss  
der Einheit kein Strom  
zugeführt wird,  
mü  
ssen all  
e
Verbindunge  
n
e
ntfernt werden.  
A
vvert  
e
n
za  
Q
uesta unità pu  
ò
a
ve  
re più di una conne  
ssion  
e
a
ll'a  
lime  
ntazione elettrica  
.
T
u
t
t
e
l
e
c
o
n
n
e
s
s
i
o
n
i
d
evono essere staccate per togliere la corrente dall'unità.  
Ad  
var  
sel  
D
å
enne enhete  
utkoble all strøm.  
n
k
an  
h
a
mer  
e
nn  
é
n
strømtilførse  
lsk  
obling. Alle koblinge  
r
må  
fjernes fra enheten for  
Av  
iso  
E
sta unidade poderá ter mais de uma conexão de fonte  
d
e
e
nergia. Todas as conexões devem ser  
removidas  
p
ara  
d
esligar  
a
unidade  
.
¡A  
dv  
e
rt  
e
n
c
i
a
!
!
Puede que esta unidad teng  
om leto el uministro  
a
más de  
u
na conexión para fuentes  
d
s
e
a
limentación. Para cortar por  
c
p
s
d
e
energía  
,
d
e
b
e
n
d
e
s
c
o
n
e
c
t
a
r
s
e
t
o
d
a
s
l
a
conexiones.  
Varn  
i
n
g
D
enna enhet ha  
r
e
ve  
ntuell  
t
m
er än en strömförsörjningsanslutning. Alla anslutningar mås tas bort  
t
e
f
ö
r
a
t
t
g
ö
r
a
e
n
h
e
t
e
n
strömlös.  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-20  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
A
viso  
Esta unidad  
e
pode te  
r
mais de uma  
conexã  
o
de fonte de alime  
ntação. Todas as conexões devem ser  
re ovida para interrom  
m
s
p
er a alimentação da unidade.  
A
dvarse  
l
Denne enhed har  
mu  
ligvis mere en  
d
en  
s
trømforsyningstils  
l
utning  
.
A
lle tilslutninger skal fjernes for  
at aflade strømmen fra enheden.  
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-21  
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1029—Blank Faceplates and Cover Panels  
Warni  
ng  
B
h
(E  
D
lank faceplates an  
azardou voltage and  
ght disrupt  
ot operate the sy em unle  
d
c
over panels serve three important function  
urrents inside the chassis; the contain electromagnetic interference  
ther equipment; and hey direct th flow cooling ir through th chassis.  
all ards, faceplates, front covers, and rear co rs re in place.  
s
:
they prevent exposure to  
s
s
c
o
y
M
I
)
t
h
a
t
m
i
t
e
o
f
a
e
o
n
s
t
ss  
c
ve  
a
Waa  
rsc  
hu  
wi  
ng  
Leg  
an gevaarlijke voltages  
(E I) etgeen ndere pparate  
et sy teem iet bedienen tenzij  
zic op hun plaats be inden.  
e
vlakplaten  
e
n
a
fdekpanelen  
stroom binnenin  
ka verstore  
lle kaarten  
v
e
rvullen  
d
rie belangrijke functies: ze voorkomen bloots  
t
elling  
tten elektromagnetische storing  
troo van koellucht door et frame.  
afdekkingen an de voor- achterkant  
a
e
n
h
et  
f
rame, ze be  
va  
M
h
a
a
n
n
n
en ze leide  
e
n
n
de  
s
m
h
H
s
n
a
,
vlakplaten  
a
en  
h
v
Varo  
i
t
u
s
Ty  
h
e
jillä tasolaikoilla ja  
nnuspohjan sis isille vaarallisill  
sisällää lektromagneettisen iriön (E  
tuuletu ilman asennuspohjan läpi. Järjestel  
ja takakannet ole kunnolla paikoillaan.  
s
u
ojapaneeleilla on kolme tärkeää kä  
jännitteille sähkövirralle altistu  
I), joka häiritä muita laitteita; ja ne  
ää saa äyttää, elleivät kaikki tasolaikat, etukannet  
y
ttötarkoitu  
m
s
ta  
iselta  
:
N
e
suojaavat  
ne pitävät  
untaavat  
a
s
ä
e
j
v
i
a
o
;
n
s
e
M
i
su  
m
e
k
At  
t
e
n
t
i
on  
Ne jam  
es panneaux avant et arrière ne  
fonctions essentielles ils tent tout risqu  
du châ sis, ils éviten  
le fonctionnem nt de  
le châssis.  
a
is faire fonctionner le système sans qu  
e
l
e
l’intégralité de  
eur emplacem  
ontact  
toute diffusion d’interférences  
s
e
d
c
artes,  
nt. Ceux-c  
es ten ons  
d
es plaques  
rem liss  
de courants  
lectromagnétique  
m
é
talliques et  
d
so  
ient fixés  
à
i
p
ent trois  
:
é
vi  
e
d
c
a
ve  
c
si  
e
t
é
s
d
q
angereu  
ui pourraient perturbe  
x
à
l’intérieu  
r
s
t
s
r
e
s
autres équipements, et ils canalisent le flux d’air de  
refroidissement dan  
s
Warn  
u
ng  
B
g
lank  
efährlichen Spannunge  
Interferenzen (EMI) zurück  
Luftstrom durch da Chassis  
Voder- und Rückabdeckungen an  
e
Faceplate  
s
und  
A
n
bdeckungen haben dre  
nd Strom innerhalb  
die andere Geräte stören könnten  
as System darf nur betrieben werden  
i
d
wichtige  
es Chassis; (2  
n
Funktionen: (1) Sie schützen  
sie alten elektrom gnetisch  
(3 sie lenke en kühlende  
wenn alle Karten, Faceplates,  
vor  
u
,
)
h
a
e
;
)
n
d
n
s
.
D
,
O
rt und Stelle sind.  
A
vvert  
e
n
za  
Le  
a
e
p
iattaforme  
voltaggi  
lettrom gnetiche (E  
ento ttra  
anelli frontali  
b
ianch  
e
e
i
panelli  
d
i
protezione hann  
ello cha  
bu solare altri apparati  
mettete in funzion  
teriori non sono in posizione.  
o
tre funzion  
i
im  
p
ortanti: Evitan  
e
dirigono il fluss di aria per  
se le schede, le  
o
l'esposizione  
e
c
orrenti elettriche pericolose  
I) he otrebbero sco  
rso lo  
n
ssis, trattengono le interferenz  
a
M
c
e
p
m
s
e
o
il raffredda  
m
a
v
c
hassis  
.
No  
n
e
il sistema  
p
iattaforme,  
i
p
e
po  
s
Ad  
var  
sel  
B
lank  
spenning og strøm inni kabinettet; de inneholde  
ryte anne tstyr, og de dirigere luftavkjølingsstrøm  
e
ytterplater og deksler sørger for tre viktige funksjoner: de forhindrer utsettels  
elektro agnetisk forstyrrels (EMI)  
men gjennom kabinettet. Betjen ikke  
e
som  
for farlig  
kan  
r
m
e
a
v
b
t
u
r
ls.com. All M  
systeme  
t
med  
mindre alle  
k
ort,  
ytterplater, frontdeksler  
o
g
b
akdeksler sitter  
p
å
plass.  
Av  
iso  
A
s
face  
ontra uma  
ontra interferênci  
flux de refrigeração através do chassis.  
lacas, faces, protecções nteriores po teriores estejam no  
s
furada  
s
e
os painéis  
d
e
a
protecçã  
voltagen  
o
s
desempenham trê  
corrente xistente  
ue poderá danifica  
deverá  
s
im  
s
r
p
ortante  
no interior do chassis;  
outro equipam nto; canaliza  
siste sem que todas  
seus lugares.  
s
funções: previnem  
c
c
o
p
e
xposiçã  
o
perigosa  
e
q
s
e
p
revine  
m
m
a
e
lectromagnética (EMI)  
e
e
o
d
o
a
r
Nã  
o
o
perar  
o
m
a
as  
a
e
s
s
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-22  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
¡Ad  
verte  
nc  
i
a
!
L
a
s
placas frontales  
expo ción niveles  
electromagnética (EMI) que podría perturbar la  
de enfriamiento través de chasis No haga funcionar  
placas frontales, cubierta frontale cubiertas traseras  
y
p
lo  
s
paneles de relleno cumplen tres funciones importantes: evitan la  
voltaje corriente dentro de hasis; reducen la interferencia  
peració de otros equipos dirigen el flujo de ire  
sistem menos que toda las tarjetas,  
té su lugar.  
s
i
a
eligrosos  
d
e
y
l
c
o
n
y
a
a
l
.
s
e
l
a
en  
a
s
s
y
e
s
n
Varni  
n
g
!
T
omm  
för farlig spänning och strö  
(EMI)som kan störa annan utrustning  
inte syste et om inte alla ort framplattor, fram  
a
framplatto  
r
och skyddspaneler  
finns  
oc  
h
i
ar tre viktiga funktioner: de förhindra  
nuti chassit; de innehåller elektro agnetisk interferen  
de sty riktningen på kylluft flödet genom hass  
ch bak kydd är på plats.  
r
a
t
t
p
e
r
s
o
ner  
u
ts  
ä
s
tts  
m
so  
m
m
;
h
r
-
s
c
i
t. Använ  
d
m
k
,
o
s
A
viso  
Plaquetas vazia  
tensõe orrentes  
eletromagnética (EMI)  
refrigerado pelo chassi. Nã  
s
e
painéis de proteção têm três funçõe  
létricas erigosas dentro hassi; apresenta  
ue pode anifica outros equipam ntos: direcionam  
pere sistem nos ue toda as lacas, plaquetas, tam  
s
im  
p
ortantes: impede  
interferência  
flux  
m
a
e
xposição  
a
s
e
c
e
p
d
o
c
m
q
d
r
e
o
o
d
o
ar  
o
o
o
a
a
m
e
q
s
p
p
as  
ls.com. All M  
frontais  
e
ta  
mpa  
s
tra  
se  
ira  
s
estejam  
e
m
se  
u
d
evido luga  
r
.
A
dvarse  
l
Blanke frontplader og sidepaneler tjener tre vigtige formål:  
d
e
forhinder  
lektromagnetis interferens (EMI), der kan forstyre  
strøm af kølig luft gennem hassis t. Betje ikke sy te et dmindre  
på plad  
udsættelse for farlig  
s
p
ændin  
g
og strøm inde  
i
c
e
hass  
n
i
se  
t
,
d
e
i
s
o
lere  
r
e
k
e
a
n
d
e
t
u
d
s
t
y
r
,
o
g
d
e
leder  
c
n
s
m
me  
alle kort, frontplader, sidepaneler og bagpaneler  
e
r
s
.
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-23  
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-24  
7
8
-18350-02  
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1030—Equipment Installation  
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
Only trained and qualified personnel  
this quipment.  
should be allowed to install, replace, or service  
e
Wa  
a
r
sch  
uwi  
n
g
Deze  
a
pparatuur  
ma  
g
a
lleen worden  
g
eïnstalleerd  
,
ve  
rvangen of hersteld door bevoegd  
geschoold personeel.  
Varoi  
t
us  
Tämän laittee asentaa, vaihtaa tai huoltaa ainoastaan koulutettu ja laitteen  
n
s
aa  
t
u
n
t
e
v
a
h
e
n
k
i
l
ö
k
u
n
t
a
.
At  
t
en  
t
i
o
n
Il  
e
st  
vive  
men  
t
reco  
m
m
a
ndé de confier l'in  
stallation  
,
le remplaceme  
nt  
e
t
la maintenanc  
e
d
e
ces  
équipements  
à
des personnels qualifiés et  
e
xpérimentés.  
Warnu  
n
g
Das Installieren,  
E
rsetzen oder  
B
edienen die  
se  
r
Ausrüstung sollte nur  
g
eschultem, qualifiziertem  
Personal gestattet werden  
.
Av  
vert  
en  
z
a
Que  
sto apparato può essere  
i
nstallato  
,
so  
s
tituito mantenuto unicamente da un personale  
o
competente.  
A
dvarse  
l
Bare opplært og kvalifisert  
dette utstyret.  
p
ersonell  
sk  
al foreta in  
s
t
allasjoner, utskiftninger  
e
ller servic  
e
på  
A
viso  
Apenas  
p
esso  
al treinado  
e
qualificado  
d
eve ser  
a
utorizad  
o
a
instalar,  
su  
bstituir  
o
u
fazer  
a
revisã  
o
deste equipamento.  
¡Ad  
verte  
nc  
i
a
!
Solamente el personal calificado  
d
ebe instalar, ree  
m
p
l
a
z
a
r
o
u
t
i
l
i
z
a
r
e
s
t
e
e
q
u
i
p
o
.
ls.com. All M  
Varni  
n
g
!
Enda  
denn  
s
a
t
utbildad oc  
utru tning.  
h
k
va  
lificerad persona  
l
bö  
r
få tillåtelse att installera,  
byta ut eller reparera  
s
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-25  
 
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Av  
iso  
Somente uma equipe treinada  
e
qualificad  
.
a
t
em permissão para instalar, substituir ou dar  
m
a
n
u
t
e
n
ç
ã
o
a
e
s
t
e
e
q
u
i
p
a
m
e
n
t
o
Ad  
var  
sel  
Kun uddannede persone  
r
må  
installere  
,
udskifte ko  
mponente  
r
i
e
ller servicere dette udstyr.  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-26  
7
8
-18350-02  
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1040—Product Disposal  
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
Ultimate disposal  
o
f
this  
p
roduct  
sh  
ould be handled  
a
ccordin  
g
t
o
a
l
l
n
ational laws and regulations.  
Wa  
a
r
sch  
uwi  
n
g
Het uiteindelijke wegruimen  
nationale wette reglem  
v
a
n
d
it product dient te geschiede  
n
in overeen  
st  
emming  
me  
t
all  
e
n
e
n
e
nten.  
Varoi  
t
us  
Tämä  
t
uote on hävitettävä  
k
ansallisten lakien ja  
m
ääräysten mukais  
e
sti.  
At  
t
en  
t
i
o
n
La  
mise au rebu  
t
ou le recyclag  
e
de ce produit  
son  
t
généralement sou  
mis  
à
des lois  
e
t/ou  
d
irectives  
d
e
r
e
s
p
e
c
t
d
e
l
'
e
n
v
i
r
o
n
n
e
m
e
n
t
.
Re  
nseignez-vou  
s
auprè  
s
de l'organisme  
c
ompétent  
.
Warnu  
n
g
Die Entsorgung dieses Produkts sollte ge  
erfolgen  
mäß allen Be  
sti  
m
m
u
nge  
n
u
nd Gesetze  
n
des Landes  
.
Av  
vert  
en  
z
a
Lo  
sma  
ltime  
n
t
o
d
i
q
uesto prodott  
o
d
eve  
e
ssere eseguit  
o
secondo le legg  
i
e
regolazioni locali.  
A
dvarse  
l
Endelig kasserin  
bestemmel er.  
g
av dette produkte  
t
skal være  
i
henhold til  
a
lle relevante nasjonale lover og  
s
A
viso  
Deita  
Al de  
id deponerin  
r
fora  
acerse po  
anteras produkten enlig  
e
s
t
e
p
roduto em conformidade com todas  
a
s
leis  
e
regulam  
e
ntos  
reglamentos  
ch bestämmelser.  
nacionais.  
¡Ad  
vert  
e
nc  
i
a
!
sh  
r
c
o
m
p
l
e
t
o
d
e
e
s
t
e
p
roducto debe seguir todas las leyes  
gälland lagar  
y
n
acionales.  
Varn  
i
n
g
!
V
g
h
t
e
o
ls.com. All M  
A
viso  
O
descarte definitivo  
d
este  
p
roduto deve estar  
d
e
a
cordo com todas  
a
s
leis e regulamentações  
nacionais.  
A
dvarse  
l
Endelig bortskaffelse af dette produkt  
sk  
al ske  
i
henhold til gældende love og regler.  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-27  
 
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1045—Short-circuit Protection  
Warni  
ng  
T
his product requires short-circuit (overcurrent)  
p
rotection, to be provided as part of the building  
in  
stallation.  
Install only in accordance with national and local wiring regulations.  
Waa  
rsc  
hu  
wi  
ng  
Voor dit produc  
in he gebou  
t
D
m
e
o
in  
et  
s
k
ortsluitbeveiliging (o  
mo  
v
e
n
rstroombeveiliging)  
d
e
e
l
u
i
t
m
a
ken  
v
a
n
de installatie  
hriften.  
t
w
.
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
e
e
t
v
o
l
d
o
e
n
a
a
d
e
n
ationale en lokale  
b
edradingvoorsc  
ls.  
Varo  
i
t
u
s
c
T
A
äm  
ä
tuote vaatii suojauk  
o
m
sen oikosulkuja  
(
y
livirta  
.
a) vastaan osana  
A
asennusta rakenn  
l
ukseen  
l
.
M
se  
nna ainoastaan kansallisten ja paikallisten johdotussäännösten  
mukaisesti.  
A
t
t
e
n
t
i
o
n
La protection de ce produit contre le  
c
a
s
courts-circuits (surtensions  
onfiguration électrique du bâtiment. Vérifiez qu l'in tallation lieu uniquement en conformité  
les norm de câblage en vigueur au nivea ational local.  
)
doit être assuré  
e
p
a
r
l
a
e
s
a
ve  
c
e
s
u
n
e
t
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-28  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Warnu  
n
g
F
ü
r
d
ieses Produkt ist  
Gebäudeinstallatio zu  
den nationale und regionalen  
e
r
ine Kurzschlußsicherung (Überstromsicherung)  
Verfügung estellt wird. Die Installation llte nu  
rschriften zu rkabelun erfolgen  
e
rforderlich, die  
a
ls Teil der  
it  
n
g
so  
r
in Übereinstimmung  
m
n
Vo  
r
Ve  
g
.
Av  
vert  
en  
z
a
Que  
delle dotazion  
s
to prodotto richiede un  
a
protezion  
e
c
ontro  
i
c
ortocircuiti,  
d
a
p
fornirsi  
ettando  
c
l
om  
e
p
arte integrante  
CEI ertinenti.  
i
presenti nell’edificio. Effettuare  
l
’installazione ris  
e
Norm  
e
p
A
dvarse  
l
Dette produktet krever be  
sk  
yttelse mot kortslutninger (overspenninger) som en del av  
installasjonen. are in taller utstyre  
B
s
t
i
henhold til nasjonale og lokal rav til ledningsnett.  
e
k
A
viso  
Este  
instalad  
locais.  
p
roduto requer proteção contra curto-circuitos (sobreintensidade de  
c
orrente), que deve estar  
létrica nacionais  
a
n
os edifícios. Instal pena de acord om as ormas in talaçã  
e
a
s
o
c
n
d
e
s
o
e
e
Ad  
verte  
nc  
i
a
Este producto necesita  
exista en el edificio. Instálelo  
tanto locales om acionales,  
e
s
ta  
r
conectado protección frent  
nica ente onformidad con la  
las qu se tenga que atener.  
a
l
a
e
e
a
cortacircuitos (sobreten  
s
iones) que  
ú
m
n
c
s
regulaciones sobre  
c
ableado,  
c
o
n
a
e
Varni  
n
g
!
Denna produk  
byggnadsinstallationen  
kabeldragningsbestämm  
t
kräver  
a
tt kortslutningsskydd (överström) tillhandahålles som en de av  
Installera bara enlighe med nationella oc lokala  
ls  
l
.
i
t
h
e
e
r
.
A
viso  
Este  
instalação do edifício. Faça  
cabeam nto nacionais locais.  
p
roduto reque  
r
um  
a
p
roteção contra curto-circuito (s  
o
b
r
e
c
o
r
r
e
n
t
e
)
q
u
e
d
e
v
e
f
a
z
e
r
p
a
r
t
e
d
a
a
i
n
s
t
a
l
a
ç
ã
o
s
o
m
e
n
t
e
d
e
a
c
o
r
d
o
c
o
m
a
s
regulamentações de  
ls.c  
o
e
m. All M  
e
A
d
varse  
l
Dette produkt kræv  
elinstallatione bygningen  
ledningsregler.  
e
r
beskyttelse  
mo  
d
k
ortslutning (overstrøm). Dette  
ska  
l
være  
e
n
del  
n
i
.
Installatio  
n
ska ske overensste melse med nationale og lokale  
l
i
m
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-29  
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1051—Laser Radiation  
Warn  
i
n
g
In  
v
isible la  
s
e
r
radiation may be emitted from disconnected fibers or connectors. Do not stare into  
ith ptica instruments.  
ls.c  
b
eams or  
o
view directly  
w
m. All M  
o
l
Waa  
rsc  
hu  
wi  
n
g
Losgekoppelde of losgeraakte glasvezels  
o
f
a
ansluitingen kunnen onzichtbare la  
iet rechtstreeks in de straling en gebruik een optis he instru  
aansluitingen.  
se  
rstraling  
p
g
roduceren  
lasv zels  
.
K
ij  
k
n
g
c
menten rond deze  
e
o
f
Varo  
i
t
u
s
Irrotetui  
sta kuiduista ta  
i
liittimistä voi tulla näk  
ymätöntä la  
se  
rsäteil  
yä  
.
Ä
lä tuijota  
sä  
teitä tai katso  
n
iitä suoraan optisilla välineillä.  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-30  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
At  
t
en  
t
i
o
n
L
e
s
fibre  
Ne regardez jam  
optiques.  
s
ou  
c
onnecteurs débranché  
s
risquent d'é  
m
ettre  
d
e
s
r
a
y
o
nnements la  
s
e
e
c
r
in  
des ins  
v
isibles l'œil.  
truments  
à
a
is directe en le faisceaux laser  
m
t
s
à
l'œil  
n
u, ni d'ailleurs  
a
v
Warnu  
n
g
Unterbrochene Fasern oder Steckerverbindungenkönnen unsichtbare  
Blicken Sie weder mit loßem Auge noc mit ptische In trumente  
L
d
a
s
e
r
s
t
r
a
h
l
u
n
g
a
b
g
e
b
e
n
.
b
h
o
n
s
n
irekt in Laserstrahlen.  
Av  
vert  
en  
z
a
Le  
fibre  
o
ttiche ed  
i
relativi connettori  
p
osso  
no  
e
mettere radiazioni la  
se  
r.  
I
fa  
sc  
i
di luce non devono  
mai essere  
o
sservati  
d
i
r
e
t
t
a
m
e
n
t
e
o
a
t
t
r
a
v
e
r
s
o
s
t
r
u
m
enti ottici.  
A
dvarse  
l
Det  
inn  
k
an forekomme  
u
s
ynlig laserstrålin  
g
fra fiber elle  
r
k
ontakter  
m
s
o
m
e
r
frakoblet. Stirr ikke direkte  
i
s
t
r
å
l
e
n
e
e
l
l
e
r
s
e
p
å
d
e
m
d
i
r
e
k
t
e
g
jenno  
m
e
t
o
p
t
i
s
k
i
n
s
t
r
u
e
n
t
.
A
viso  
Radiação laser invisível  
diretamente para os feixes ou com instrum  
p
ode ser emitida de conectore  
ntos óptico  
s
s.  
ou fibras  
d
esconectada  
s
.
Nã  
o
olhe  
e
¡Ad  
verte  
nc  
i
a
!
Es po  
ra  
s
ible que las fibra  
s
c
desconectadas emitan radiación láser invisible. No fije la vista en los  
on instru entos ópticos.  
y
o
s
ni examine éstos  
m
Varni  
n
g
!
Osy  
n
lig laserstrålning kan avges från frånkopplade fibrer eller kontaktdon. Rikta int  
och titta aldrig direkt på de ed hjälp optis in trument.  
e
b
licken in  
i
stråla  
r
m
m
a
v
k
a
s
A
viso  
Radiação  
l
as  
e
r
invis  
í
v
e
l
p
o
d
e
ser emitida  
a
p
artir de fibra  
s
ou conectores desconectados. Não fixe  
pticos.  
o
o
lhar nos feixes  
e
ne  
m
olhe diretamente co  
m
instrumentos  
ó
ls.com. All M  
A
dvarse  
l
Usyn  
lig laserstrålin  
g
k
an forekomme  
fra  
b
rugte fibre  
e
ller stik. Stir ikke ind  
i
stråler eller direkte  
med optiske instru  
menter.  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-31  
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1072—Shock Hazard from Interconnections  
Warni  
ng  
Voltages tha  
interconnections are  
Avoi in suc interconnectio  
restricted access location and users  
ccess location re de aware of th  
through the use of special tool, lock and key or other  
t
p
resen  
t
a
m
shock hazard  
ad in ninsulated expo  
methods, unless th  
nd  
hazard.  
m
a
y
e
x
i
s
t
o
n
Power over Ethernet (PoE) circuits if  
e
u
s
g
n
u
s
e
d
meta  
xpo  
l
contacts,  
c
onductors, terminals.  
re located within  
ithin the re tricte  
an be acce sed only  
o
r
d
u
s
g
h
e
e
se  
d
metal parts  
a
a
a
e
s
e
rvice people who are authorize  
re tricte ccess rea  
ans security.  
d
w
s
d
a
a
m
a
A
s
d
a
a
c
s
a
me  
o
f
ls.com. All M  
Waa  
rsc  
hu  
wi  
ng  
Voltages kunnen elektris  
verbindinge worden gemaakt  
ansluitingspunte die niet zijn geïsoleerd  
metale nderdelen zich be inden op een locatie  
nderhoudstechnici die toegang to deze ocatie hebben, op he  
met eperkte toegang kan allee worden geopen met speciaal  
ndere beveiligingsm thode.  
c
he schokken veroorzake  
blootliggend metale  
ebruik dit type  
beperkte toegang en de gebruikers en  
gevaar worden gewezen. De locatie  
ereedschap, slot en sleute of en  
n
in PoE (Power over Ethernet)-circuits  
ontactpunten, eleiders of  
rbinding niet tenzi de blootliggende  
a
l
s
e
r
n
m
e
t
e
n
c
g
a
n
.
G
ve  
j
n
o
v
met  
o
t
l
t
b
n
d
g
l
e
a
e
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-32  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Varoi  
t
us  
Sis  
kytkentöihin kä  
kytkentöjä, elleivät  
huoltohenkilöille vaarasta. Rajattuun  
ä
isissä Etherne  
tetään eristäm  
aljaa metallio  
t
(PoE) -virtapiireissä voi  
ttöm aljaita metalliliittimiä tai -johtimia. Vältä tällaisia  
ole rajatu sa paikass Ilm ita valtuutetuille käyttäjille ja  
lueesee pääsee äsiksi ainoastaan erityistyökalua, lukkoa  
uta turvallista menetelm äyttäm llä.  
olla sähköiskun vaaran aiheuttavia jännitteitä, jos  
y
ä
i
sa  
ä
t
a
p
p
t
s
a
.
o
n
k
ja  
a
va  
i
n
t
a
t
a
i
mu  
ä
ä
k
ä
At  
t
en  
t
i
o
n
L
e
s
tension  
con  
terminaux, conducteurs ou contacts  
éthode d'interconnexion moin  
em lace en d'accès restreint que les utilisateurs et les re  
cet placement d'accè re treint ne soient onscients du anger.  
être accédé uniquement l'aide d'une lé, d'un util et d'un verro  
curité.  
s
s
exi  
s
tant sur  
l
es alimentations utilisant la technologie Po  
d'électrocutio si les interconnexion nt effectuées en  
talliques exposés on is lés. Évitez d'utiliser  
que les pièce talliques exposées ne trouven  
onsable servic autorisés dans  
ne one d'accè restreint peut  
spécial, d'autre moyens de  
E
(Powe  
r
over Ethernet)  
tilisant  
telles  
dans un  
e
s
peuven  
t
t
ituer un risqu  
e
n
s
s
o
u
de  
des  
mé  
n
o
m
s
m
à
s
s
mé  
se  
t
p
t
e
t
sp  
s
d
u
e
m
s
s
c
d
U
z
e
à
c
o
u
o
u
s
sé  
Warnu  
n
g
Bei Power-over-Ethernet-(PoE-)Schaltkreis  
unte erwendung nicht is lierter, freiliegende  
hergestellt werden ermeiden Sie das Herstellen solcher  
freiliegenden Metallteile befinden sich an Orten it beschränktem  
Zugang dazu aben in usdrücklic ber iese efah informiert worden  
beschränktem Zugang ist nur mit ilfe eines ezielle rkzeug Schloss und Schlüssel  
andere Sicherheitseinrichtungen zugänglich.  
e
n
b
r
esteht u.U  
etallkontakte  
rbindungen,  
ugang, und Personen  
Ein Ort mit  
.
S
tromschlaggefahr, wenn  
iter oder An hlussklemmen  
sei enn, ie  
V
e
rbindungen  
r
V
o
M
,
Le  
sc  
d
.
V
Ve  
e
s
d
m
G
Z
,
die  
h
,
s
d
a
h
ü
d
r
.
H
s
p
n
W
e
s
,
s
ode  
r
n
Av  
vert  
en  
z
a
Nei circuiti  
c
onne  
onne  
on alimentazione  
v
ia Etherne  
on contatti metallici, conduttori  
sopraelencati meno ch le arti  
il pers nale di assistenza, he  
si al corrente del pericolo  
appositi lementi di icurezza.  
t
(P  
o
E) possono  
o
v
e
rificarsi pericoli di scosse elettrich se  
terminali scoperti. Evitare utilizzare  
talliche esposte non si trovino in una  
e
s
m
i
crean  
etodi di  
o
c
c
ssion  
i
c
d
i
i
ssion  
e
a
e
p
me  
zona riservata  
ddetta zona, sian  
lam nte utilizzando gl  
e
gli utenti  
e
o
c
s
o
no autorizzati  
a
d
a
ccedere nella  
su  
o
stati  
me  
s
.
È
poss  
i
bile accedere alla zona riservata  
so  
e
i
e
s
A
dvarse  
l
I
s
trømkretser med PoE (P  
det blir foretatt samm nkoblinge  
etall. Unngå bruke like menkoblingsmetoder  
et område med begrenset tilgang, og rukere og servicepersonell som  
området, lir jort opp erksom på faren. områd begrenset tilgang  
av spesialverktø nøkkel elle andre kkerhet tiltak.  
o
wer over  
E
thernet)  
k
an de  
t
v
ære spenninge  
r
som kan  
u
e
tgjøre støtfare hvis  
ller terminaler av  
e
s
r
m
ed uisolerte  
,
eksponerte  
k
ontakter, ledere  
m
å
sa  
m
m
e
d
mindre de eksponerte  
ar tilgang til det  
an bare åpnes  
m
etalldelene er  
egrensed  
ved hjelp  
i
b
h
b
e
b
g
m
E
t
e
m
e
d
k
y
,
r
s
i
s
A
viso  
Pode  
as interconexões  
is lam nto.  
expo as esteja  
autorizado te local restrito  
acessada co de ferra  
gurança.  
h
aver  
v
o
ltagens que repre  
ore feitas utilizando-se terminais, condutore  
ite utilizar tai todos de interconexão nã  
em um local acesso restrito usuários  
s
e
ntam perigo de  
c
hoqu  
e
em circuitos PoE (Powe  
r
o
m
s
v
e
r
E
l
thernet)  
exposto  
e
se  
e
f
m
s
ou contatos de  
eta  
de  
soal de serviç  
rito só  
chave especial ou de outros meios de  
s
e
m
o
st  
e
E
v
s
mé  
a
o
ser  
q
ue as parte  
m
tal  
om ace  
ode  
m
d
e
e
o
s
e
o
pe  
s
o
c
sso  
a
e
s
e
stejam cientes do perigo. Uma área de acesso re  
s
t
p
ser  
m
o
u
so  
u
ma  
menta, fechadura  
e
se  
ls.com. All M  
¡Ad  
verte  
nc  
i
a
!
Puede haber voltaje  
(PoE), si ara la interconexiones se utilizan contactos, conductores  
descubiertos. ite tales métodos de interconexión enos que las partes metálicas descubiertas  
encuentren en un lugar acceso restringid tanto lo usuarios como persona de servicios  
en dich lugar sea onscientes de la existencia de tal riesgo. Sólo se ued tener cceso una  
zona de acceso restringid mediante el de una herram enta especial, un candado un lla  
otros medios de guridad  
s
con riesgo de  
s
h
ock en circuito  
s
de alimentación  
o
s
o
bre el cablead  
o
Ethernet  
p
s
v
terminales metálicos  
E
,
a
m
se  
d
e
o
y
s
e
l
l
o
n
c
p
e
a
a
o
u
so  
i
y
a
ve  
u
s
e
.
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-33  
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Varn  
i
ng  
!
D
et  
sammankopplingarn  
metall. ndvik att använda  
metalldelarna finn lats med begrän  
inom platsen med begrän tkoms  
ara nå tt speciellt verkty eller lås, en speciell  
k
an finna  
s
spänninga  
r
på  
ed ej isolerade, exponerad  
dana sammankopplingsm  
tkoms  
vara ed  
P
o
E-kretsarn  
a
(Power over  
e
E
k
thernet) som utgö  
ontakter, ledare och/elle  
id  
Användare ch  
tna om ris en. Ett begränsat  
kel eller ågo nnan säkerhetsmetod.  
r
risk för stöta  
r
om  
a
g
örs  
m
så  
r
terminaler av  
U
e
toder,  
så  
v
a
inte de exponerade  
rvicepers nal  
s
i
e
n
p
s
a
d
å
t
.
o
se  
o
so  
m
tillåts  
s
a
d
å
t
må  
s
t
e
m
ve  
k
o
mråde ka  
n
b
s
me  
d
e
g
n
yc  
n
n
a
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-34  
7
8
-18350-02  
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1074—Comply with Local and National Electrical Codes  
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
Installation of th  
e
e
quip  
m
en  
t
must co  
oe  
m
ply with local an  
d
n
ationa electrical codes.  
l
Wa  
a
r
sc  
h
u
wi  
n
g
Bij installatie van de apparatuu  
elektriciteitsv ors hriften.  
r
m
t
w
o
r
d
e
n
v
o
l
d
a
a
n
a
a
n
de  
lokale en nationale  
o
c
Varo  
i
t
u
s
L
a
itteisto tulee asentaa paikallisten ja kansalli  
'équipe en doit tre installé conform en au  
Die Installation der eräte uss en cherheitsstandards entsprechen  
'installazion ell'im ianto de essere onforme codici elettrici locali  
Installasjon av utstyret samsvare ed lokale og nasjonale elektrisitetsforskrifter.  
nto tem de estar em conformidade com os códigos eléctricos  
s
te  
n
sähkömääräysten  
mukaisesti.  
At  
t
en  
t
i
o
n
L
m
t
ê
é
m
t
x
normes électriques nationales et locales.  
Warn  
vert  
u
n
g
G
m
d
S
i
.
A
v
e
n
z
a
L
e
d
p
v
e
c
a
i
e
nazionali.  
A
d
varse  
l
m
å
m
A
viso  
A
instalaçã  
o
do equipame  
l
ocais  
e
nacionais.  
¡Ad  
verte  
nc  
i
a
!
La  
instalación de  
l
e
quipo debe cumplir co  
n
las normativas de  
e
l
e
c
t
r
i
c
i
d
a
d
locale  
s
y
n
a
c
i
o
n
a
l
e
s
.
Varni  
n
g
!
Installation av utrustningen  
må  
s
t
e
s
k
e
i
e
n
l
i
g
h
e
t
m
e
d
g
ä
l
l
a
n
d
e
e
l
i
n
s
t
allationsföreskrifter.  
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-35  
 
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
Statement 1075—Hazardous Voltage or Energy Present on DC Power Terminals  
Warni  
ng  
H
azardou  
terminals are no  
lace.  
s
voltag  
t
e
o
r
energy  
m
a
y
b
e
p
r
e
s
e
nt  
u
o
n
DC power terminals.  
A
lway replace cover when  
sible when cover is in  
s
in service.  
B
e
s
u
re unins  
lated conductors are not acces  
p
Waa  
rsc  
hu  
wi  
ng  
O
a
c
p
DC-aan  
fsluiting wanneer  
ontactpunten niet toegankelijk zijn wanneer de afsluiting is geplaatst.  
s
luitingspunten kunnen zich  
g
evaarlijke  
v
o
ltage  
s
o
f
energieën  
v
o
ordoen  
.
Plaats altijd de  
d
e
a
ansluitingspunte  
n
n
iet worden gebruikt  
Z
org ervoor  
d
at blootliggende  
Varo  
i
t
u
s
Tasavirtaliittimissä saatta  
a
olla huom  
a
ttava jännite tai teho. Sulje suojus  
a
ina,  
k
m
un liittimet eivät ole  
ättömiltä johtimilta.  
k
äytöss Suojuksen ollessa suljettuna  
ä
.
v
a
rmist  
a,  
e
ttä  
k
ohde on  
su  
ojattu eristä  
At  
t
e
n
t
i
on  
Le  
v
o
ltage ou l'  
é
nergie électrique  
rcle lors les term  
lés ne sont pas accessibles lorsque le cou  
d
es terminaux  
à
c
ourant contin  
u
p
se  
euvent être dangereux. eillez  
rvice Ass rez-vous que les  
rcle en place.  
V
à
c
toujours replacer le cou  
onducteurs  
ve  
i
naux ne sont pas en  
.
u
n
o
n
i
s
o
ve  
est  
Warn  
u
ng  
In  
müss  
sicher, dass  
m
it Gleichstro  
m
b
etriebenen Terminals kann  
e
s
zu  
b
g
s
efählicher Spannun  
ind. Stellen Sie bei  
führenden Kabe bgedeckt sind.  
g
ko  
m
men. Die  
Abdeckung  
T
erminals  
e
n
abgedeckt werden, wenn sie nicht in Betrie  
lle icht isolierten, stro  
B
enutzung der  
a
n
m
l
a
A
vvert  
e
n
za  
I
terminali  
d
i
a
limentazion  
e
D
C
potrebbero contenere voltaggio  
o
energia pericolosi. Accertarsi di  
ls.com. All M  
sostituire il  
c
operchio  
o
gni qualvo  
lta  
i
terminali no  
n
son  
o
o
perativi. Accertarsi  
che i conduttori  
scoperti non  
siano acce  
s
sibil quando il coperchio  
i
è
inserito.  
Ad  
var  
sel  
D
n
p
et ka  
år terminalene  
lass  
n
forekomme farlig spenning  
e
ller energ  
i
o
i
likestrømsterminaler.  
e
S
e
t
t
a
l
l
t
i
d
dekselet  
p
å
t
pla  
ss  
i
k
k
e
e
r
i
b
r
u
k
.
K
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
a
t
u
is  
lerte ledere ikk er tilgjengelige nå  
r
d
eksele  
e
r
p
å
.
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-36  
7
8
-
1
8
350-02  
 
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Translated Safety Warnings  
A
viso  
Os terminais de corrente contínua podem fornecer ten  
tam a, sem re qu os terminais não estiverem utilizados. Certifique-se  
is lam nto não estão acessíveis, quand tampa estiver colocada.  
s
ã
o
o
u
e
nergia perigo  
s
d
a
.
e
V
q
olte  
a
colocar  
a
p
m
p
e
e
a
a
se  
r
ue os condutores  
se  
o
o
¡Ad  
verte  
nc  
i
a
!
Puede haber energía  
cubierta cuand  
conductores descubiertos cuand  
o
s
voltaje peligro  
té tilizándose los terminales.  
la cubierta esté olocada.  
s
o
s
e
n
los terminale  
s
e
léctrico  
s
q
d
e
CC. Ree  
m
p
lace  
s
a
ie  
mpre la  
o
n
o
e
n
u
A
segúrese  
d
e
ue no haya acceso  
o
c
Varni  
n
g
!
Fa  
rlig spännin  
g
eller skadlig energi ka  
n
finna  
s
i
lik  
strömsterminalerna. Sätt alltid tillbaka höljet när  
terminalerna inte används.  
rsäkra att inga oisolerad  
e
l
edare kan nå när öljet sitter på plats  
s
h
.
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-37  
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
European Directives  
European Directives  
Statement 287—Declaration of Conformity to R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC for the  
European Community, Switzerland, Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein  
En  
g
l
i
sh:  
This equip  
men  
t
is  
i
n
c
omp  
lianc  
e
w
i
t
h
t
h
e
e
ssential require  
ments an  
d
other  
relevant provisions of Directive  
1999/5/EC.  
[
Bulgarian]:  
[
Cz]
Da  
n
sk  
Dette  
u
dstyr  
e
r
i
o
ve  
ren  
s
stemm  
e
lse  
m
e
d
d
e
væsentlige krav og  
a
ndre  
[
Da  
n
i
sh  
]
:
relevante be  
ste  
mmelser  
i
D
irektiv 1999/5/EF.  
De  
u
t
sc  
h
Dieses  
G
erät  
e
ntspricht  
d
en grundlegenden  
A
nforderungen und den weitere  
n
[
Ge  
rma  
n
]
:
entsprechenden  
Vorgaben der Richtlinie 1999/5/EU.  
E
e
st  
n
i
]:  
See  
s
e
ade vastab direktiivi  
1999/5/EÜ olulistele nõuetele ja teistele  
[
E
st  
o
n
i
a
asjakohastele sätetele.  
Esp  
añ  
o
l
Este equip  
o
c
ump  
le con los requisitos esenciale  
s
asi  
c
omo  
co  
n
otras  
[
S
pa  
n
i
sh  
]
:
disposiciones  
d
e
la Directiva 1999/5/CE.  
[
Greek]:  
Fra  
n
n
ç
c
a
h
i
s
]:  
Cet  
disposition  
a
ppareil est  
c
onforme  
a
ux exigence  
irective  
s
1
essentielles et aux autre  
999/5/EC.  
s
[
Fre  
s
pertinentes de la  
D
Í
e
sl  
e
n
n
d
sk  
a
]:  
Þetta tæki er sam  
k
v
æmt  
g
runnkröfu  
m
og öðrum viðeigandi ákvæðum  
[
I
c
l
a
i
c
Tils ipuna 1999/5/EC.  
k
r
I
t
a
al  
l
i
ia  
a
n
n
o
]:  
Que  
dalla  
s
to  
D
a
pparato  
a
é
conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed agli  
a
ltri principi  
sa  
nciti  
[
I
t
i
r
e
t
t
i
v
1
9
9
9
/
5
/
C
E
.
La  
La  
t
vi  
visk  
i
:
[
t
a
n
]
ls.com. All M  
[Li  
t
a
n
:
Ne  
d
[
e
D
rl  
u
a
tc  
n
h
d
]
s
:
Dit  
bepalinge  
a
pparaa  
n
t
voldoe  
t
aan de ess  
e
/
ntiele eisen  
/E  
e
n
andere van toepassing zijnde  
van de Richtlijn  
1999  
5
C
.
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-38  
7
8
-18350-02  
   
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
S
tatement  
6
0
0
5
—California  
Perchlorate  
C
ontamination  
P
r
eve  
ntion Act (Title  
2
2
,
California  
Cod  
e
of Regulations,  
Malti  
[M  
a
l
t
ese  
]
:
M
ag  
yar  
[Hungarian]:  
Norsk  
Norwe  
D
ette utstyret er  
i
samsvar med de grunnleggende krav og andre relevante  
999 /E  
[
g
i
a
n
]
:
b
e
s
t
e
m
m
e
l
s
e
r
i
E
U
-
d
i
r
e
k
t
i
v
1
/
5
F
.
Po  
Po  
l
sk  
]:  
i
[
l
ish  
Portu  
gu  
ê
s
Este equipamento está em conformidade co  
m
os requisito  
s
esse  
nciais  
e
[
Port  
u
gu  
ese  
]
:
outra provis es relevantes da irectiva 1999/5/EC.  
s
õ
D
A
c
e
s
t
e
c
h
i
p
a
m
e
n
t
e
s
t
e
i
n
c
o
n
f
o
r
m
i
t
a
t
e
c
u
c
e
r
i
n
t
e
l
e
e
s
e
n
t
i
a
l
e
s
i
c
u
alte  
[
[
Ro  
m
a
n
i
a
n
]
:
p
r
e
v
e
d
e
r
i
r
e
l
e
v
a
n
t
e
a
l
e
D
i
r
e
c
t
i
v
e
i
1
9
9
9
/
5
/
E
C
.
Sl  
Slo  
o
ve  
n
ni  
sk  
an  
o
]
Ta  
n
aprava je skladna  
z
bistve  
nimi zahtevami in ostalimi rele  
va  
ntnimi pogoji  
ve  
:
Direktive 1999/5/EC.  
Sl  
[S  
o
ve  
n
sk  
y
:
Toto zariadenie je  
nariadeniami direktív: 1999/5/EC.  
v
zhod  
e
so základn  
ými  
p
ožiadavkami a inými príslušnými  
l
o
va  
k
]
Su  
om  
i
[
Fin  
n
ish  
]
:
Sve  
Swe  
n
sk  
a
]:  
[
d
ish  
Statement 2002—Declaration of Conformity with Regard to the Directives  
2006/95/EC and 2004/108/EC  
This  
an  
e
quipment complies  
w
ith the  
e
ssential  
r
e
a
quirements  
se refer to the De  
a
nd  
o
t
h
c
er provisions of  
D
ire  
ity.  
c
tive  
s
2006/95/E  
C
d
2
004/108/EC. For more information, ple  
l
a
r
a
t
i
o
n
o
f
C
o
n
f
o
r
m
Statement 6005—California Perchlorate Contamination  
ls.com. All M  
Prevention Act (Title 22, California Code of Regulations,  
Chapter 33)  
The batte  
handling  
r
a
y
inside this produc  
nd disposal of this produc  
fo perchlorate  
t
might contain  
p
erchlorate,  
ecessar  
containing substances, see  
m.  
a
Fo  
known haza  
r
d
o
u
s
s
u
b
s
t
a
n
c
e
,
s
o
s
p
e
c
i
a
l
t
m
i
g
h
t
b
e
n
-
y
.
r
more information  
a
bout perchlorate  
an  
d
b
est management practice  
s
r
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-39  
   
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Statement  
6
0
0
3
—Taiwan Battery  
Statement 6003—Taiwan Battery  
廢電池請回收  
Statement 6004—EU Battery Disposal and Recycling  
T
his produc  
t
ma  
y
contain  
a
s
batte  
r
y
.
Re  
c
ycle or dispose of batte  
r
i
e
s
i
n
a
c
c
ordanc  
e
w
\ith the battery  
manufacturer’s instruction  
a
n
d
l
o
c
a
l/national disposal nd re yclin  
a
c
g
r
egulations.  
Statement 6005—California Perchlorate Contamination  
Prevention Act (Title 22, California Code of Regulations,  
Chapter 33)  
T
h
he battery inside this produc  
andling and isposa this produc  
ractic or  
t
might  
t
c
ontain perchlorate  
might necessary. For more informatio  
erchlorate-containing substanc s, se  
,
a
know  
n
h
az  
a
rdous  
s
n
ubstance, so special  
about erchlorate  
d
l
o
p
f
b
e
p
a
nd best management  
e
s
f
p
e
e
h
.
Statement 8000—Standards Compliance  
T
T
d
his section include  
he Catalyst 4900M  
s
all regulator  
y
,
safety,  
E
MC  
(
Class  
A
o
r
Class B)  
e
,
telecom,  
a
nd  
N
EBS standards.  
standard as  
s
witch products ar  
e
in complianc  
e
w
i
t
h
t
h
n
a
t
i
o
n
a
l
a
nd internationa  
l
s
escribed in Table 1.  
T
a
b
le  
1
Stan  
dar  
ds  
Compliance  
Specification  
D
escriptio  
n
Regulatory Complianc  
Safety  
e
Products should  
c
omply with CE Markings pe  
r
directives  
2
004/108/EC and 2006/95/EC.  
60950-1  
CAN/CSA-  
60950-1  
EC 60950-1  
U
L
C2  
2.2  
N
o. 60950-1  
E
N
I
ls.com. All M  
A
S/NZS 60950-1  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-40  
7
8
-18350-02  
         
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
S
t
atement  
8
0
0
0—Standards Compliance  
T
ab  
l
e
1
Stand  
ar  
d
s
Co  
mp  
l
i
anc  
e
(continued)  
S
p
ecifica  
tion  
Description  
47CFR Part 15 Class  
AS/NZ CISPR22 Clas  
CISPR22  
EN55022 Class  
ICES00 Class  
VCCI Class  
EN50082-  
EMC  
A
(
FCC Regulations)  
S
s
A
C
lass  
A
A
A
3
A
1
1
EN61000-6-  
EN55024  
EN300386  
EN61000-3-  
EN61000-3-  
KN22 Class  
KN24  
2
3
A
CISPR24  
T
e
lecom  
lecom  
(
(
E1)  
T1)  
AS/ACIF S016:200  
CTR12 (97/520/EC)  
CTR13 (97/521/EC)  
1
TNA 11  
IDA  
7
D
T
S
CL  
N1  
Jate Gree  
EIA/TIA-968-  
IC CS 03  
ID002  
Jate Gree  
n
Book  
T
e
A
-
n
Book  
Fo  
r
specific details  
a
bout the yea  
r
s,  
r
evisions,  
a
nd relevant amendments, refe  
r
to the applicable  
declaration of  
c
onformity available at http://www.cisco.co  
m.  
The Catalyst  
ble 2.  
4
9
0
0
M
s
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
m
e
e
t
t
h
e
i
n
d
u
s
t
r
y
E
M
C
,
s
a
f
e
t
y
,
a
nd environmenta standards describe in  
l
d
T
a
T
ab  
l
e
2
I
nd  
us  
tr  
y
E
M
C, Safety, an  
d
En  
vir  
onmental Standards  
S
p
ecifica  
tion  
Descr  
i
ption  
63-Core NE  
1089-Cor  
ommunications  
NEBS  
G
G
R
-
B
S
Level  
3
R-  
e
N
EBS  
L
eve  
l
3
V
e
rizon NEBS  
Tele  
c
Ca  
r
rie  
r
Group (TCG) checklist  
ls.c  
Compliance  
o
m. All M  
Qwest NEBS  
requirements  
Tele  
c
ommunications  
TP7620 ve  
C
a
r
rie  
r
Group  
(
T
C
G
)
c
h
e
c
klist  
ATT  
N
EB S  
A
T
T
0
l
e
l
3
a
n
d
T
C
G
c
hecklis  
t
requirements  
ETSI  
ET  
ET  
ET  
S
S
S
30  
30  
30  
0
0
0
019-1-1  
019-1-2  
019-1-3  
,
,
,
Clas  
Clas  
Clas  
s
s
s
1
2
3
.2 Storage  
.3 Transportation  
.2 Stationar Use  
y
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-41  
 
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Statement  
2
0
0
7
—EMC  
Environmental  
Conditions for  
Products Installed in the European Union  
Statement 2007—EMC Environmental Conditions for Products  
Installed in the European Union  
T
his section  
he quipment is intended to operate unde  
EMC  
a
pplie  
s
to  
p
roducts to be installe  
d
i
n
t
h
e
E
uropea  
n
Economic Union  
.
T
e
r
the following environmenta  
l
c
onditions with respect  
to  
:
A
s
epa  
r
ate  
,
defined loc  
a
tio  
n
that is unde  
r
users  
c
ontrol.  
A
s
a
minimum, earthing and  
b
onding shall mee  
t
the requirements  
o
f
ET  
S
300 253:1995  
o
r
CCITT K27:1996.  
AC powe istribution inside the building shall be, as  
r
d
a
minimum, on  
e
o
f
t
h
e
following type  
s
(a  
s
d
ef  
i
n
e
d
i
n
I
EC  
6
0364-3:1993)  
:
T
N-  
N-  
T
S
T
T
C
I
T
I
n
a
ddition  
,
if  
e
quipment is ope  
r
ate  
d
in  
a
do  
me  
stic  
e
n
v
i
r
onment, radio-frequency interference may occur.  
EMC Class  
A
Notices and Warnings  
T
his section include the EM Class warning  
s
C
A
s
f
o
r
t
h
e
Catalyst 4900M switches  
.
Statement 257—Class  
Markets  
A
Notice for Taiwan and Other Traditional Chinese  
Warni  
ng  
T
his is  
frequenc  
ountermeasures.  
a
Class  
A
Information Product, when used in res  
i
dentia  
l
e
nviron  
m
ent, it may  
ed to take appropriate  
cause radio  
y
interference, under such circu  
mstances, the user may be request  
c
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-42  
7
8
-18350-02  
     
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
EMC  
Clas  
s
A
N
otices and Warnings  
Statement 340—Class A Warning for CISPR22  
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
This  
which ca  
i
s
a
c
s
lass  
A
product. In  
ay  
a
d
om  
e
s
ti  
c
e
nviron  
m
en  
t
this product may  
c
ause radio interferenc  
e
in  
e
the user  
m
be  
required to take adequate measures.  
Wa  
a
r
sch  
uwi  
n
g
Dit is een product van kla  
s
se A. In een woonom  
g
eving kan dit produc  
em n.  
t
radio  
storin  
g
veroorzaken. In  
d
a
t
g
e
v
a
l
mo  
e
t
d
e
g
e
b
r
u
i
k
e
r
de juiste maatregele  
n
n
e
Varoi  
t
us  
Tämä  
o
n
A
-luoka  
n
tuote. Kotona käytettynä tämä tuote voi aiheuttaa radiotaajuu  
shäiriöitä, jolloin  
käyttäjä  
n
tulisi ryh  
tyä  
vaadittaviin toimenpiteisiin  
h
äiriöiden ehkäisemiseksi.  
At  
t
en  
t
i
o
n
Il s'agit d'un produit  
d
e
c
lasse  
A.  
D
ans un environne  
men  
t
local, ce produit  
peut entraîner des  
perturbations radioélectriques,  
a
u
q
u
e
l
c
a
s
l
'
u
t
i
l
i
s
a
t
e
u
r
d
evra éventuellement prendre des mesures  
adéquate  
s
.
Warnu  
n
g
Dies is  
Wohnungsbereic  
ange essene Maßnah  
t
ein Produkt de  
ann es  
en ergreifen.  
r
K
l
ass  
e
A.  
B
ei der Verwendung dieses Produkts im  
Haus- oder  
h
k
z
u
Funkstörunge  
n
k
o
m
m
e
n
.
I
n
d
i
e
s
e
m
F
a
l
l
m
u
s
s
d
e
r
B
e
n
u
t
z
e
r
u
.
U.  
m
m
Av  
vert  
en  
z
a
Prodotto di classe  
A
.
È
poss  
i
bile che il prodotto generi interferenze radio in un ambienti chiusi. In  
isure adeguate pe risol ere il roblema.  
questo ca l'utente deve intraprendere le  
s
o
m
r
v
p
A
dvarse  
l
Dette er et produk  
t
i
k
lasse  
A.  
I
et hjemmemi  
ljø ka  
n
d
ette produktet forårsake radioforstyrrelser, og  
b
r
u
k
e
r
e
n
k
a
n
d
a
v
æ
r
e
n
ø
d
t
t
i
l
å
ta de nødvendig  
e
f
orholdsregler.  
A
viso  
Este  
é
um produto de classe  
A
o
.
Em um ambiente do  
a
m
r
éstico, este  
as medidas adequadas.  
p
roduto pod  
e
causar interferência  
de rádio. Nesse caso, talvez  
usuário precise tom  
¡Ad  
verte  
nc  
i
a
!
Este  
e
s
un producto de clase A. En el ámbito doméstico  
,
este  
p
roducto puede causar  
rcha de edidas  
radiointerferencias, lo que  
p
uede hacer necesaria la puesta en  
m
a
m
a
decuada  
s
.
Varni  
n
g
!
Detta är en klass  
krav att användaren vidtar lä  
A
-produkt. Denna  
plig  
p
a
rodukt  
åtgärder.  
k
an orsaka radiostörningar inomhus.  
D
et kan då vara ett  
m
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-43  
 
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
Safet  
y
Warnings  
EMC  
Clas  
s
A
Notices and Warnings  
Statement 2017—Class  
A
Notice for FCC  
Modifying the  
e
quipment without Cisco’s  
a
uthorization ma  
y
result in  
evices In that event,  
be required to  
t
h
e
e
quipment no longe  
r
c
e
omplying with FC  
C
r
equirements or Class  
be limite by FCC regulations, and yo  
dio or television ommun tions your own  
f
A
digita  
l
d
u
.
y
our  
r
ight to use th  
e
quipment ma  
y
d
ma  
y
c
orr  
e
ct  
a
n
y
i
n
t
e
r
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
t
o
r
a
c
i
c
a
a
t
e
xpense  
.
T
his quipment ha been teste nd found to omply with the limits fo  
15 of the FCC Rules. These limits designe to provide re  
in ommercial nvironment. This  
nd, if not installe nd use in ac  
renc to radio ommunic ns.  
hic  
e
t
s
d
a
c
e
d
r
a
Class  
A
digita  
l
devic  
gains  
quipment gener  
ordance ith the  
peration of this  
case user will be  
e
,
t
p
ursuant  
harmful  
tes,  
to Par  
interferenc  
ses, an  
a
r
d
a
sonable protection  
a
e
a
w
n
hen the equipment is operate  
radiate radio requenc nergy  
cause armful interf  
ia ar is likely to  
the interf renc their ow  
a
c
e
e
a
u
d
c
f
y
e
a
e
d
a
d
c
w
instruction manual, ma  
quipment in es en  
quire to correc  
y
t
h
e
c
a
tio  
O
h
e
a
r
i
d
l
e
a
c
ause harmful interference in  
expense  
w
s
r
e
d
t
e
e
a
t
n
.
Statement 2021—Class  
A
Notice for Canada  
appar tus compli with Canadian ICES-003.  
T
h
i
s
C
l
a
s
s
A
d
i
g
i
t
a
l
a
e
s
ls.com. All M  
Ce  
t
appareil numé  
r
i
q
u
e
d
e
l
a
c
lass  
e
A
e
st  
c
onforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-44  
7
8
-18350-02  
   
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
EMC  
Clas  
s
A
N
otices and Warnings  
Statement 191—VCCI Class Warning for Japan  
A
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
This is  
domestic environment, radio interference  
corrective action  
a
C
la  
s
s
A
p
roduct based on th  
e
standard of th  
e
VCCI Council.  
I
f
this equipm  
e
nt is used in a  
m
a
y
occur, in which  
c
ase, the  
u
se  
r
may  
b
e
required to tak  
e
s
.
VCCI-A  
Statement 256—Class A Warning for Hungary  
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
This equip  
Hungarian EMC Class  
commercia  
used.  
m
en  
t
is  
a
class  
requirements (MSZE  
establishments fo which special condition  
A
produc  
t
an  
d
should be used and installed properly according to the  
55022). Class equipment is designed for typical  
installation an protection is ance are  
A
N
A
l
r
s
o
f
d
d
t
ls.com. All M  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-45  
   
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
GR-  
1
0
8
9
-
C
OR  
E
Is  
sue  
3
Documentation Statements  
Statement 294—Class  
A
Warning for Korea  
Warni  
ng  
T
b
with  
his is  
uyer should be aware of this. If this type was sold or purchased by  
residential-u type.  
a
Class  
A
De  
v
ic  
e
a
nd is registered for  
E
M
C
requirem  
e
nts for industrial use. The selle  
r
or  
m
istake it should be replaced  
,
a
se  
GR-1089-CORE Issue Documentation Statements  
3
Statement 7016—GR-1089-Core Intrabuilding Lightning—Immunity  
Requirements  
Ca  
u
t
i
o
n
To comply with GR-1089-Cor  
e
intrabuilding lightning-immunity  
at both nds.  
r
equirements, you must use shielded  
(
screened) cable that is grounde  
d
e
GR-1089-CORE Issue Documentation Statements  
4
Statement 7001—ESD Mitigation  
T
h
i
s
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
m
a
y
b
e
E
S
D
s
e
n
s
i
t
i
v
e
.
A
lways use  
a
n
ESD  
a
nkle or wrist str  
a
p
b
e
efor  
of the  
e
handling  
quipment  
e
c
quipment. Connect the equipmen nd of  
hassis or to the ESD jac on the equipmen  
t
e
t
h
e
ESD strap to  
a
n
u
n
f
i
n
i
s
h
e
d
s
u
r
f
a
c
e
k
t
if  
p
rovided.  
Statement 7005—Intra-building Lightning Surge and AC Power Fault  
ls.com. All M  
Warni  
ng  
T
o
he intra-building  
unexposed wiring or cabling only  
etallically connect to interfaces  
p
ort(  
s
)
o
f
t
h
e
equipment or  
Th intra-building port(s) of the equip  
hat onnect to th or its wiring. These interfaces  
interfaces only (Type or Ty orts as escribed in  
lation from the exposed OSP cabling. he addition of Primary  
tallically to wiring  
s
u
bassem  
b
ly is suitable for connectio  
n
s
to intra-building  
r
.
e
men  
t
o
r
u
bassembly  
MUST NOT  
re de igned for  
R-1089-C RE, Iss  
Protectorsis  
m
t
c
e
O
SP  
a
G
s
u
se  
as  
i
ntra-buildin  
g
2
p
e
4
p
d
O
u
e
4)  
a
nd require  
i
so  
T
n
ot sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces  
me  
O
SP  
.
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-46  
7
8
-18350-02  
           
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
S
t
atement  
8
0
0
3—Telecom Approvals  
L
isting  
Statement 7012—Equipment Interfacing with AC Power Ports  
This quipment shall be connecte to AC mains provide with surge rotective devic  
e
d
d
a
p
e
(
SPD  
)
a
t
the  
servic quipment complying th FP 0, the Nationa Electrica de NEC).  
e
e
w
i
N
A
7
l
l
Co  
(
Statement 7013—Equipment Bonding Networks  
This quipment is uitable fo installation tilizing the Common Bondin  
e
s
r
s
u
g
N
etwork (CBN).  
Statement 7014—Installation Location  
This  
whe  
e
e
quipment is  
the NEC applies.  
s
uitable fo  
r
installation in  
N
etwork Tele  
c
ommunications  
Fa  
cilitie  
s
and locations  
r
Statement 7015—Equipment Bonding and Grounding  
int an non-conductive oatings shall be removed before jo  
Pa  
d
c
i
n
d
ing the surface  
s
be  
t
w
c
e
e
n
t
h
e
e
quipment  
pplied  
c
h
a
s
s
i
s
a
n
d
m
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
me  
t
a
l
w
o
r
k
.
T
h
e
s
u
r
f
a
c
e
s
s
h
a
l
l
b
e
c
l
e
a
n
e
a
n
d
a
n
a
n
t
i
-
o
x
i
d
a
n
t
ompound  
a
befor joining the surfa es.  
e
c
Statement 7016—Battery Return Conductor  
The batte turn onductor of this quipment shall  
r
y
r
e
c
e
b
e
tre  
a
ted  
a
s
DC Isolate  
d
(DC-I).  
Statement 7017—Minimum Steady State DC Input Voltage  
This equipment ill ope ate ithout degr datio minimu stead  
w
r
w
a
n
a
t
a
m
y
state voltage of –40.5  
V
D
C
.
T
h
e
n
o
m
i
n
a
l
D
C
i
n
p
u
t
v
o
l
t
a
g
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
i
s
4
8
V
D
C
.
Statement 8003—Telecom Approvals Listing  
The talyst 4900M switches meet the quirements listed in this sectio for telecommunications  
Ca  
r
e
n
equipment.  
ls.com. All M  
Statement 3023—FCC Part 68 Notice  
T
h
i
s
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
c
o
m
p
l
i
e
s
w
i
t
h
P
a
r
t
6
8
o
f
t
h
e
FCC  
r
ules.  
A
l
a
b
e
l
o
n
t
h
e
b
o
t
t
o
m
o
f
t
h
e
c
hass  
i
s
c
o
n
t
a
i
n
s
the FCC egistration numbe mong othe infor  
r
r
a
r
ma  
t
i
o
n
.
I
f
r
e
quested, this information must be provide  
d
to the telephone company.  
This  
Line  
e
S
quipment canno be use  
t
d
on telephon  
e
c
ompany-provided  
c
oin services. Connection to the Party  
e
rvice is subject to state tariffs.  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-47  
               
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Statement  
8
0
0
3
T
e
l
ecom Approval  
s
L
i
sting  
I
a
f
this  
dvanc  
telephone company  
omplaint with the  
e
e
quipment cause  
s
d
harm to the telephone network  
iscontinuance of service ma be requir  
otify yo soon possible You will be  
CC if you believ it essar  
,
the telephone compan  
d. If advanc notic  
dvise of our  
y
w
ill  
is not  
ight to file  
n
o
t
i
f
y
y
o
u
i
a
a
n
that temporar  
y
y
e
e
d
e
p
ractic  
l
,
t
h
e
e
w
ill  
n
u
a
s
e
a
ne  
s
.
a
y
r
c
F
i
s
c
y
.
T
he telephone company ma  
might affect the ope ation  
otice in orde or yo to make th  
y
f
make changes in its facilities, quipment, operations, or procedures that  
the equipment. this happens, th telephone company will provide advanc  
necessary modification to maintain uninterrupte service.  
e
r
o
I
f
e
n
r
f
u
e
s
d
I
f
you xperienc trouble with this equipment, ple  
information. the roblem is causing ha to the telephon  
quest that ou remove the equipmen from the network until the proble  
handle by authoriz Cisc Systems se vice personnel.  
We ecommend tha you install AC surge rres in th AC outle  
his action will help to avoid damage to the quipment aused by loc  
lectrica surges.  
his equipmen  
e
e
a
s
e
c
o
n
t
a
c
t
C
i
s
c
o
S
y
s
t
e
m
s
f
o
r
r
e
p
a
i
r
a
nd warranty  
I
y
f
p
r
m
e
network, the telephone  
c
ompany might  
r
b
e
e
t
m
i
s
resolved. All repairs should  
d
e
d
o
r
r
t
a
n
a
e
t
o
r
e
t
to  
w
hich this device is connected.  
T
c
a
l
l
i
g
h
t
n
i
n
g
s
t
r
i
k
e
s
a
n
d
o
t
h
e
r
e
l
T
t
u
ses the Uniform Servic  
e
O
rde  
r
C
o
d
e
(
U
SO  
C) jacks tha  
t
is  
d
esc  
r
i
b
ed in Table 3.  
T
a
b
le  
3
USOC Jacks  
M
odel Number  
F
0
0
acility Interface Code  
Service  
O
rder Code  
Jack  
T
ype  
W
W
S-X6608-T1  
4DU9-ISN  
6
6
.0Y  
.0Y  
RJ-48C  
RJ-48C  
S-SVC-CMM-6T1  
4DU9-BN/DN/ 1KN/ISN  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-48  
7
8
-18350-02  
 
Appendi  
x
B
Compliance  
I
nfor  
mation andTranslated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
S
t
atement  
8
0
0
3—Telecom Approvals Listing  
Statement 3015—CS-03 Certification for Canada  
The talyst 4900M switch meets the requirements of th  
Ca  
e
Industr  
y
Ca  
nada labe  
l
(CS-03  
)
fo  
r
tele ommunications equipment. ble lists the CS 03  
c
T
a
4
-
a
pproval numbe  
r
s
f
o
r
t
h
e
e
quipment.  
T
ab  
l
e
4
CS-03  
Ap  
p
r
o
val  
Model  
N
u
mber  
Approval Number  
2461 10550A  
2461 000  
WS-X6608-T  
1
WS-  
SV  
C-CMM-6T1  
B-  
8
Obse  
r
ve the following general information  
Canada be identifie CS-0  
equipment me ts rtain tele ommunications network  
requirements esc ibed in the appropriate termina  
department guarantee the quipment will operate to the user’s satisfaction.  
Befor installin quipment, he tha yo have permissio to connect it to the facilitie  
local tele ti ns co any. he quipment must also installed using an cc  
method of tion. he ustome should be ware that ompliance with the above conditions  
revent degradation of se vice in some situations  
quipment should be coordinate by  
ions made by the ser to this equipment, or  
ompany to quest that the ser disconnect the  
ground onnections of the powe utility, telephone lines, and in  
pipe system, if pr sent, ar onnected together. his pre aution may be particularly  
ura areas.  
a
nd safety pre  
c
autions:  
quipment. This ce  
rotection, operation,  
equipmen quirements document(s)  
The industr  
y
l
a
l
s
3
certified  
e
r
tification mean that the  
s
e
c
d
e
c
p
a
nd safety  
a
s
r
l
t
r
e
.
Th  
e
d
o
e
s
n
o
t
e
e
g
the  
e
c
c
k
T
t
u
n
s
o
f
the  
c
ommunic  
onne  
a
o
m
p
e
b
e
a
eptable  
c
c
T
c
r
a
c
may no  
Repair  
t
p
r
.
s
to  
c
e
rtifie  
a
d
lter  
e
a
d
a
representative designate by the supplier.  
ny quipment malfunctions, ma  
qu men  
d
Any repairs or  
t
u
a
e
y
cause the telecommunications  
Ensure that the lectrica  
metallic ate  
important in  
c
r
e
u
e
i
p
t
.
e
l
c
r
ternal  
w
r
r
e
e
c
T
c
l
W
a
rn  
i
n
g
Do not atte  
authority or electrician as appropriate  
m
p
t
t
o
m
ak  
e
s
uc  
h
connection  
.
s
yourself. Contact th  
Statement 285  
e
a
ppropriate electric inspection  
Statement 8001—JATE Certification for Japan  
The talyst 4900M switches meet the quirements of the Japan Approvals Institute for  
Ca  
r
e
T
e
lecommunications Equipment (JATE) Table lists the JATE pprova details.  
.
5
a
l
T
ab  
l
e
5
J
A
T
E
Ap  
pr  
o
v
al  
Applicant  
Model  
Nu  
mber  
Approval Number  
ls.com. All M  
Niho  
n
Cisc  
o
Systems  
WS-X6608-T  
1
L00-007  
1
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
B-49  
       
Appendi  
x
B
C
ompliance Information and Translated  
S
a
f
e
t
y
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
s
Japanese  
Electric Appliance and  
Radi  
o
Laws  
Japanese Electric Appliance and Radio Laws  
Statement 371—Power Cable and AC Adapter  
Statement 372—Wireless LAN Products  
Statement 384—Japanese Safety Reference Information  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch Installation Guide  
B-50  
7
8
-18350-02  
       
I
N
D
E
X
A
D
a
a
cc  
irflow  
Catalys  
e
ssor  
y
k
it  
t
c
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
3
-
1
dimensions, chassis 1-3  
documentation  
4948E sw  
itche  
s
1
-3  
a
c
udience i-vii  
onventions  
site environment 2-2  
ithin the hassis 1-6  
larms, temperatur 1-3  
ltitude operating 1-3  
i
-
x
w
c
organization  
related -vi  
i-v  
i
i
a
a
e
i
i
i
,
E
B
e
lectrostatic discharge  
(
E
S
D
)
2
-
9
blank  
f
a
c
e
p
l
a
t
e
1
-
8
EMI recommendation  
s
2-3  
br  
a
ckets  
e
e
nvironmental  
r
equiremen  
t
s
2-1  
1-3  
c
a
b
l
e
3
-
6
nvironmental spe  
c
ification  
s
mounting  
3
-4  
F
C
fa  
n
a
ssemblies  
installing 3-22  
removin 3-2  
repla ing 3-21  
verifying installation 3-22  
FAN LED  
hecking 3-21  
tray  
ooling 1-6  
failur 1-7  
status LED 1-6  
c
able guid  
e
3-6  
Catalys  
t
4948E sw  
i
tche  
s
g
1
a
c
e
irflow 1-3  
hassis dimensions 1-3  
nvironmenta spe ific  
characteristic  
ifications 1-3  
site plannin  
onsole por  
loc tion 1-2,1-4  
pinouts -1  
ustome service 4-4  
c
l
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
1
-
3
OK  
physica  
sp  
hecklis  
l
s
1-  
3
c
ls  
.
e
c
c
om  
fa  
n
.
All M  
c
c
t
,
g
2-9  
c
t
e
a
A
FRUs  
fa  
c
r
n
a
s
s
e
m
b
l
i
e
s
3
-
2
1
t
o
3
-22  
power supplie  
s
3
-19  
t
o
3-21  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
IN-1  
 
Index  
G
M
GOOD LEDs  
checking 3-21  
grounding quirement,  
management  
p
ort pinout  
A-2  
r
e
D
C
s
y
s
t
e
m
s
2
-
7
O
operating temper  
a
t
u
re  
,
c
h
a
s
s
i
s
1
-
3
H
hardwar  
e
descriptio  
upply 1-7  
heat dissipation  
determining 2-3  
heat dissipation, chassis 1-3  
hot swappin  
fa assemblie  
humidity 1-3  
operating 1-3  
n
P
power  
s
physic  
Catalyst 4948  
pinout  
management  
status LE  
powe  
connecting 3-7, 3-  
DC grounding equirements 2-7  
de mining power requirements an  
dissipation 2-3  
EMI ecommendations 2-3  
gener equirements 2-2  
management 1-8  
specifications  
troubleshooting 4-2  
warnings and utions 2-2  
powe supplie  
installi  
replacing 3-20  
verifying operation 3-21  
powe supply  
environmenta  
LED 1-6, 4-2  
overvie 1-7  
redundanc 1-7  
specifications  
troubleshooting 4-3, 4-4  
a
l
c
hara  
c
teristics  
E
1-3  
g
p
ort  
A-2  
n
s
3-21  
por  
t
D
1-  
5
r
9
r
t
e
r
d
hea  
t
I
r
installing  
fa assemblie  
power upplie  
installing the switch  
a
l
r
n
s
3-21  
3-20  
t
o
3-22  
3-21  
s
s
t
o
A-  
4
,
A
-
5
guideline  
lifting 3-3  
procedur  
saf  
tools requir  
troubleshooting 4-1  
s
3-2  
c
a
r
s
e
3-4  
n
g
3-2  
0
e
ty overvie  
w
2-7  
e
d
3-4  
r
ls.com  
.
l
mon  
A
i
t
o
r
i
n
g
1
-
8
ll M  
L
s
w
label, chassis seria  
l
numbe  
r
4-4  
y
LED  
location  
meaning  
power upply 4-2  
s
A
-
4
,
A
-
5
s
1-5  
1-5  
s
s
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch  
I
n
s
t
allation  
G
u
ide  
IN-2  
7
8
-18350-02  
Index  
c
hassis  
o
,
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
1
-
3
R
temper  
temper  
temper  
a
a
a
ture  
s
t
o
r
a
g
e
1
-
3
r
r
ack-mounting 3-2  
edundanc  
powe  
ing  
an  
powe  
t
u
r
e
a
l
a
r
m
s
1
-
3
y
t
u
r
e
t
h
r
e
s
h
o
l
d
s
2
-
1
r
supp  
l
y
1-7  
troubleshootin  
ontactin  
initia oot  
methodology  
pow  
startup 4-2  
g
r
ep  
l
a
c
c
g
c
usto  
me  
r
se  
r
vice  
4
-4  
f
a
ssemblies 3-22  
supp ie 3-20  
l
b
4
-1  
4
r
l
s
t
o
3-2  
1
-2  
e
r
s
u
p
p
l
y
4
-
3
,
4
-4  
S
typographic  
a
l
c
onventions  
i-x  
safety  
nsuring safety 2-  
overvie 2-  
saf  
e
7
W
w
7
translate  
d
e
ty  
w
a
rning  
s
B
-1  
wa  
r
nings  
translate  
weight,  
s
c
r
e
w
s
3
-
4
d
saf  
e
t
y
w
arning  
s
B
-1  
seria  
sho  
site planning  
l
n
u
m
b
e
r
,
c
h
a
s
s
i
s
4
-
4
c
hass  
i
s
1-3  
w
syste  
m
c
o
m
m
a
n
d
3
-
2
1
c
hecklis  
t
2-9  
D
C
grounding requirement 2-7  
re ommendations 2-3  
nvironmenta equirements 2-1  
genera requirements 2-2  
overvie 2-  
arnings nd caution  
ifications  
EM  
I
c
e
l
r
l
w
1
w
a
s
2-2  
spe  
spe  
c
A
C
C
Power  
Power  
A
A
-4  
-5  
D
c
ifications,  
c
hassis  
1
-3  
startu  
p
s
equenc  
e
4-2  
ls.com. All M  
s
t
a
t
u
s
L
E
D
1
-
5
stor  
stor  
a
a
g
e
1
-
3
ge temperature  
,
c
hassis 1-3  
-1  
system specifications  
A
T
temperature  
Cisco  
Cataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
w
i
t
c
h
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
G
u
i
d
e
7
8
-
1
8
3
5
0
-
0
2
IN-3  
Index  
ls.com. All M  
C
i
sco  
C
ataly  
s
t
4
9
0
0
M
S
witch  
I
n
s
t
allation  
G
u
ide  
IN-4  
7
8
-18350-02  

Billy Goat Lawn Mower AE551, AE551H User Manual
Blanco Indoor Furnishings 157 101 User Manual
Briggs Stratton Portable Generator 30424 User Manual
Canon Headphones MA 200 User Manual
Chauvet Stroller 4 User Manual
Chicago Electric Drill 47991 User Manual
Chief Manufacturing Indoor Furnishings LCD2C User Manual
Chromalox Boiler PQ404 6 User Manual
Chrysler Automobile 200 User Manual
Cisco Systems Network Card CB21AG and PI21AG User Manual